[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2020048361A1 - Video decoding method and video decoder - Google Patents

Video decoding method and video decoder Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020048361A1
WO2020048361A1 PCT/CN2019/102944 CN2019102944W WO2020048361A1 WO 2020048361 A1 WO2020048361 A1 WO 2020048361A1 CN 2019102944 W CN2019102944 W CN 2019102944W WO 2020048361 A1 WO2020048361 A1 WO 2020048361A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
current
current node
node
depth
area covered
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2019/102944
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
赵寅
杨海涛
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201811104788.5A external-priority patent/CN110881129B/en
Priority to KR1020257027246A priority Critical patent/KR20250126153A/en
Priority to KR1020217009873A priority patent/KR102612489B1/en
Priority to EP25180103.1A priority patent/EP4648423A2/en
Priority to EP19857345.3A priority patent/EP3840378B1/en
Priority to BR112021004124-9A priority patent/BR112021004124B1/en
Priority to JP2021512509A priority patent/JP7143512B2/en
Priority to KR1020237042192A priority patent/KR102848262B1/en
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to SG11202102195XA priority patent/SG11202102195XA/en
Publication of WO2020048361A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020048361A1/en
Priority to US17/191,934 priority patent/US11431997B2/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Priority to US17/851,378 priority patent/US12231669B2/en
Priority to JP2022145261A priority patent/JP7463460B2/en
Priority to JP2024052260A priority patent/JP7751014B2/en
Priority to US19/022,980 priority patent/US20250227275A1/en
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N19/00Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
    • H04N19/70Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals characterised by syntax aspects related to video coding, e.g. related to compression standards
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N19/00Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
    • H04N19/10Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding
    • H04N19/102Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the element, parameter or selection affected or controlled by the adaptive coding
    • H04N19/124Quantisation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N19/00Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
    • H04N19/90Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using coding techniques not provided for in groups H04N19/10-H04N19/85, e.g. fractals
    • H04N19/96Tree coding, e.g. quad-tree coding

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application generally relate to the field of video coding, and more specifically, to a video decoding method and a video decoder.
  • Video encoding (video encoding and decoding) is widely used in digital video applications, such as broadcast digital TV, video transmission on the Internet and mobile networks, real-time conversation applications such as video chat and video conferencing, DVD and Blu-ray discs, video content acquisition and editing systems And security applications for camcorders.
  • Video Coding AVC
  • ITU-T H.265 High Efficiency Video Coding
  • 3D three-dimensional
  • HEVC High Efficiency Video Coding
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a video decoding method and a video decoder, which can improve decoding efficiency.
  • the invention relates to a video decoding method.
  • the method is performed by a video decoder.
  • the method includes: parsing coding tree partition information to obtain a current node; determining an area covered by a current quantization group according to a division depth N of the current node; obtaining a QP difference value of a current CU in an area covered by the current quantization group ; And acquiring a reconstructed image of the current CU according to a QP difference value of the current CU.
  • the video decoding method provided by the present invention can determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node, can ensure that the QP can match the CU, thereby avoiding that one CU corresponds to two different QGs, and can improve decoding effectiveness.
  • the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node.
  • the area covered by the group includes: determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node or determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the multi-type division depth M of the current node; if the N is greater than the first threshold T1 or M is greater than 0, and the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the K-th level quadtree node of the current node; where K is the smaller of N and T1 Value; the K-th level quadtree node is a quadtree node including the current node among the nodes generated by the quadtree partitioning K times from the coding tree unit CTU.
  • the K-layer quadtree node is the (M + N-K) -layer parent node of the current node.
  • the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node.
  • the area covered by the group includes: determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; if the N is less than or equal to the A threshold T1, and M is equal to 0, and the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node.
  • the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node.
  • the area covered by the group includes: determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad tree partition depth N of the current node or the quad tree partition depth N of the current node and the multiple types of the current node.
  • the tree division depth M determines the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is equal to the first threshold T1 and the M is 0, the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node Or if the N is less than the first threshold T1, the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node.
  • the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node.
  • the area covered by the group includes: determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; if the N is equal to a first threshold T1, and M is equal to 0, the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if N is less than a first threshold T1, and M is less than or equal to a fourth threshold T4 The area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node.
  • the fourth threshold T4 may be a preset positive integer, for example, may be 1, 2, 3, or 4, and so on.
  • the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node.
  • the area covered by the group includes: determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; if the N is less than or equal to the A threshold T1, and M is less than or equal to T1-N, and an area covered by the current quantization group is an area covered by the current node.
  • determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes: if the division depth N of the current node is greater than a first threshold T1 Obtaining the (N-T1) -layer parent node of the current node; determining that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the (N-T1) -layer parent node.
  • the determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes: if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a first threshold T1 , Determining that an area covered by the current quantization group is an area covered by the current node.
  • the division depth N of the current node is directly compared with the first threshold T1, so as to determine the area covered by the current quantization group, and the decoding speed is improved.
  • the division depth of the current node is the QT depth of the current node; or the division depth of the current node is the QT depth of the current node and the Sum of the MTT depth of the current node.
  • the first threshold T1 is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • the method further includes: obtaining a division manner of the current node; and determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes: : If the division depth N of the current node is equal to the second threshold T2 minus 1, and the division mode of the current node is a tri-tree division manner, determine that the area covered by the current quantization group is covered by the current node Area; or if the current node's division depth N is equal to a second threshold T2, and the current node is divided into a binary tree or a quadtree, determining that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area The area covered by the current node; or, if the current node's division depth is less than or equal to a second threshold, and the current node is no longer divided, determining that the area covered by the current quantization group is covered by the current node Area.
  • the second threshold value is 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, or 9.
  • the second threshold value may be set to be X times the first threshold value, and X is an integer greater than 1, for example, X is 2, 3, or 4, and so on.
  • the method further includes: obtaining a division manner of the current node; and determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes: : If the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3 minus 1, and the division mode of the current node is a tri-tree division or a quad-tree division, determine that the area covered by the current quantization group is The area covered by the current node; if the current partition depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3, and the current node is partitioned in a binary tree, determining that the area covered by the current quantization group is the current The area covered by the node; or if the current node's division depth N is equal to a third threshold T3 and the current node is no longer divided, determining that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node region.
  • the third threshold value is 3, or 5.
  • the division depth N of the current node is determined according to the QT depth of the current node and the binary tree division depth Db of the current node.
  • the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is 0; if the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node If the current node is a child node obtained by binary tree division, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is the binary tree division depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; if the current node is an MTT node and For non-MTT root nodes, if the current node is an intermediate child node obtained through tri-tree partitioning, the binary tree partition depth Db of the current node is the binary tree partition depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; or if The current node is a MTT node and a non-MTT root node. If the current node is a non-intermediate child node obtained by a tri-tree partition, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is a
  • the encoding order in the current quantization group is The brightness QP of all CUs before the first residual CU is modified to the brightness QP of the first residual CU;
  • obtaining the reconstructed image of the current CU according to the QP difference value of the current CU is specifically:
  • a reconstructed image of the current CU is obtained according to the brightness QP of the first residual CU.
  • the invention in a second aspect, relates to a video decoder.
  • the video decoder includes: an entropy decoding unit configured to parse the coding tree partition information to obtain the current node; determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node; and obtain the area covered by the current quantization group.
  • the QP difference value of the current CU in the region determining the brightness QP of the current CU according to the QP difference value of the current CU; an inverse quantization unit configured to obtain the inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU according to the brightness QP of the current CU
  • An inverse transformation processing unit configured to obtain a reconstruction residual block of the current CU according to the inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU
  • a reconstruction unit configured to obtain the current CU according to the reconstruction residual block of the current CU Reconstructed image.
  • a partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The division depth N of the current node determines the area covered by the current quantization group or the area covered by the current quantization group according to the multi-type division depth M of the current node; if the N is greater than the first threshold T1 or the M Greater than 0, the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the K-level quadtree node of the current node; where K is the smaller of N and T1; the K-level quadtree The node is a quadtree node including the current node among the nodes generated by K tree quadtree partitioning starting from the coding tree unit CTU.
  • the K-layer quadtree node is the (M + N-K) -layer parent node of the current node.
  • a partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The quadtree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determine the area covered by the current quantization group; if N is less than or equal to a first threshold T1, and M is 0 The area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node.
  • a partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to
  • the quadtree partition depth N of the current node determines the area covered by the current quantization group or the current quantization group is determined according to the quadtree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node.
  • a partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The quadtree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determine the area covered by the current quantization group; if N is equal to a first threshold T1, and M is equal to 0, all The area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if the N is less than the first threshold T1 and the M is less than or equal to the fourth threshold T4, the area covered by the current quantization group Is the area covered by the current node.
  • the fourth threshold T4 may be a preset positive integer, for example, may be 1, 2, 3, or 4, and so on.
  • a partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The quadtree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determine the area covered by the current quantization group; if N is less than or equal to a first threshold T1, and M is less than or Equal to T1-N, the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node.
  • the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to: if the division depth N of the current node is greater than a first threshold T1, obtain the (N -T1) layer parent node; determining that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the (N-T1) layer parent node.
  • the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to: if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a first threshold value T1, determine a value covered by the current quantization group The area is the area covered by the current node.
  • the division depth of the current node is the QT depth of the current node; or the division depth of the current node is the QT depth of the current node and The sum of the MTT depth of the current node.
  • the first threshold T1 is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • the entropy decoding unit is further configured to obtain a division manner of the current node; if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a second threshold T2 minus 1, and the current node is partitioned in a tri-tree manner, and it is determined that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if the current node's partition depth N is equal to a second threshold T2, and the current node is divided into a binary tree or a quadtree, and it is determined that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if the current node is divided The depth is less than or equal to a second threshold, and the current node is no longer divided, and it is determined that an area covered by the current quantization group is an area covered by the current node.
  • the second threshold value is 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, or 9.
  • the entropy decoding unit is further configured to obtain a division manner of the current node; if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3 minus 1, and the current node is divided into a tri-tree or a quad-tree, determining that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; if the current node has a division depth N is equal to a third threshold T3, and the current node is partitioned in a binary tree manner, and it is determined that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if the current node has a partition depth N When it is equal to the third threshold T3 and the current node is no longer divided, it is determined that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node.
  • the third threshold value is 3, or 5.
  • the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to determine the current node's QT depth according to the current node and the binary tree division depth Db of the current node. Divide the depth N.
  • the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is 0; if the current node is an MTT node and is not MTT Root node, if the current node is a child node obtained by binary tree division, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is the binary tree division depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; if the current node is MTT Nodes and non-MTT root nodes, if the current node is an intermediate child node obtained by tri-tree partitioning, the binary tree partition depth Db of the current node is the binary tree partition depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; or If the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node, and if the current node is a non-intermediate child node obtained by a tri-tree partition method, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node
  • the entropy decoding unit is further configured to, if the QP difference value of the first residual CU in the current quantization group is not equal to 0, then Modify the luminance QP of all CUs in the current quantization group whose coding order is before the first residual CU to the luminance QP of the first residual CU; if the current CU is the current The CU before the first residual CU in the quantization group, the inverse quantization unit is specifically configured to obtain the inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU according to the brightness QP of the first residual CU.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a video decoding method, including: parsing coding tree partition information to obtain a current node; and determining a coordinate of an upper left corner of an area covered by a current quantization group according to a partition depth N of the current node; Acquiring a QP difference value of a quantization parameter of a current coding unit CU in an area covered by the current quantization group; and obtaining a reconstructed image of the current CU according to the QP difference value of the current CU.
  • the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node.
  • the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the group include: determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node or determining the current quantization group according to the multi-type division depth M of the current node.
  • the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node.
  • the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the group include: determining the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; If the N is less than or equal to the first threshold T1 and the M is 0, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.
  • the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node.
  • the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area covered by the group include: determining the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node or the depth N of the quad-tree partition according to the current node And the multi-type tree partitioning depth M of the current node determines the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is equal to a first threshold T1 and the M is equal to 0, the current quantization group
  • the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node; or if the N is less than the first threshold T1, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the
  • the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node.
  • the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the group include: determining the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; If the N is equal to the first threshold T1, and the M is 0, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node; or if N is less than The first threshold T1 and the M are smaller than or equal to the fourth threshold T4.
  • the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.
  • the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node.
  • the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the group include: determining the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; If the N is less than or equal to the first threshold T1 and the M is less than or equal to T1-N, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.
  • determining the upper-left corner coordinate of an area covered by the current quantization group according to the current partition depth N of the node includes: if the current partition depth N of the node is greater than The first threshold T1 is to obtain the (N-T1) -layer parent node of the current node; determining that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are covered by the (N-T1) -layer parent node The coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area.
  • determining the upper-left corner coordinate of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the current partition depth N of the node includes: if the current node partition depth N is equal to The first threshold T1 determines that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.
  • the first threshold T1 is a preset non-negative integer.
  • the first threshold T1 is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • the partition depth of the current node is a quad-tree partition depth QT depth of the current node.
  • the partition depth of the current node is the sum of the QT depth of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth MTT depth of the current node.
  • the method further includes: obtaining a division manner of the current node; and determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node.
  • the upper-left corner coordinates include: if the current node's division depth N is equal to the second threshold T2 minus 1, and the current node is divided in a tri-tree manner, determining the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the current quantization group Is the coordinate of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node; or if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a second threshold T2, and the division mode of the current node is a binary tree division manner or a quadtree division manner, determine The coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.
  • the method further includes: obtaining a division manner of the current node; and determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node.
  • the upper left corner includes: if the current node's division depth N is equal to the third threshold T3 minus 1, and the current node's division mode is a tri-tree or quad-tree division, determining the coverage of the current quantization group
  • the coordinates of the upper left corner of the region are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the region covered by the current node; or if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3, and the division manner of the current node is a binary tree division manner, determine
  • the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.
  • a partition depth N of the current node is determined according to a QT depth of the current node and a binary tree partition depth Db of the current node.
  • the binary tree partition depth Db of the current node is 0; if the current node is an MTT node and Non-MTT root node, if the current node is a child node obtained by binary tree division, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is the binary tree division depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; if the current node MTT node and non-MTT root node, if the current node is an intermediate child node obtained by tri-tree division, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is the binary tree division depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1 Or if the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node, if the current node is a non-intermediate child node obtained by a tri-tree partitioning method, the depth of the binary tree division Db of the current node is 0; if the current node is an MTT node and Non-MTT root node, if the current node is a
  • the encoding order in the current quantization group is The brightness QP of all CUs before the first residual CU is modified to the brightness QP of the first residual CU; if the current CU is the first residual CU in the current quantization group For a previous CU, obtaining the reconstructed image of the current CU according to the QP difference value of the current CU is specifically: obtaining the reconstructed image of the current CU according to the brightness QP of the first residual CU. .
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a video decoder, including: an entropy decoding unit, configured to parse coding tree partition information to obtain a current node; and determine a coverage area of a current quantization group according to the current partition depth N of the current node.
  • the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The division depth N of the current node determines the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the current quantization group or the multi-type division depth M of the current node determines the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the current quantization group; if N is greater than The first threshold T1 or M is greater than 0, and the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the K-level quadtree node of the current node; where K is N And the smaller value of T1; the K-th level quadtree node is a quadtree node including the current node among the nodes generated by the quadtree partitioning K times from the coding tree unit CTU.
  • the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The quadtree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determine the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is less than or equal to the first threshold T1, and The M is equal to 0, and the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.
  • the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The quadtree partition depth N of the current node determines the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group or the quadtree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node.
  • the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to
  • the quadtree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determine the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is equal to a first threshold T1, and the M Is equal to 0, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node; or if the N is less than the first threshold T1 and the M is less than or equal to the fourth Threshold T4, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.
  • the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The quadtree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determine the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is less than or equal to the first threshold T1, and The M is less than or equal to T1-N, and the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.
  • the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to: if the division depth N of the current node is greater than a first threshold T1, obtain the (N -T1) layer parent node; determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group as the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the (N-T1) layer parent node.
  • the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to: if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a first threshold value T1, determine a value covered by the current quantization group The coordinates of the upper left corner of the area are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.
  • the first threshold T1 is a non-negative integer set in advance.
  • the first threshold T1 is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • a partition depth of the current node is a quad-tree partition depth QT depth of the current node.
  • a partition depth of the current node is a sum of a QT depth of the current node and a multi-type tree partition depth MTT depth of the current node.
  • the video decoder it is further configured to obtain a division manner of the current node; if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a second threshold T2 minus 1, and the current
  • the division method of the nodes is a tri-tree division method, and it is determined that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node; A two-threshold value T2, and the current node is divided into a binary tree or a quadtree, and it is determined that the upper-left corner coordinate of the area covered by the current quantization group is the upper-left corner coordinate of the area covered by the current node .
  • the entropy decoding unit is further configured to obtain a division manner of the current node; if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3 minus 1, and the current node is divided into a tri-tree or a quad-tree, determining that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node; If the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3, and the division manner of the current node is a binary tree division manner, it is determined that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are covered by the current node. The coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area.
  • the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to determine the current node's QT depth based on the current node's binary tree division depth Db Divide the depth N.
  • the binary tree partition depth Db of the current node is 0; if the current node is MTT Node and non-MTT root node, if the current node is a child node obtained by binary tree division, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is the binary tree division depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; if The current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node.
  • the binary tree partition depth Db of the current node is the binary tree partition depth of the immediate parent of the current node Increase by 1; or if the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node, if the current node is a non-intermediate child node obtained by a tri-tree partitioning method, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is the current node The binary tree partition depth of the immediate parent node is increased by two.
  • the entropy decoding unit is further configured to, if the QP difference value of the first residual CU in the current quantization group is not equal to 0, then Modify the luminance QP of all CUs in the current quantization group whose coding order is before the first residual CU to the luminance QP of the first residual CU; if the current CU is the current The CU before the first residual CU in the quantization group, the inverse quantization unit is specifically configured to obtain the inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU according to the brightness QP of the first residual CU.
  • the present invention relates to a device for decoding a video stream, including a processor and a memory.
  • the memory stores instructions that cause the processor to perform a method according to the first aspect or the third aspect or any possible embodiment of the first or the third aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which instructions are stored, which, when executed, cause one or more processors to encode video data.
  • the instructions cause the one or more processors to perform a method according to the first or third aspect or any possible embodiment of the first or third aspect.
  • the invention relates to a computer program comprising program code which, when run on a computer, performs a method according to the first or third aspect or any possible embodiment of the first or third aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram of an example of a video encoding system for implementing an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing an example structure of a video encoder for implementing an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing an example structure of a video decoder for implementing an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing the encoder 20 of FIG. 2 and the decoder 30 of FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram illustrating another example of an encoding device or a decoding device
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram illustrating a division manner of a binary tree, a tri-tree and a quad-tree according to an embodiment
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram illustrating QT-MTT division according to an embodiment
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram illustrating QG partitioning according to an embodiment
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart illustrating a video decoding method according to an embodiment.
  • the disclosure in connection with the described method may be equally applicable to a corresponding device or system for performing the method, and vice versa.
  • the corresponding device may include one or more units such as functional units to perform the described one or more method steps (e.g., one unit performs one or more steps Or multiple units, each of which performs one or more of the multiple steps), even if such one or more units are not explicitly described or illustrated in the drawings.
  • the corresponding method may include a step to perform the functionality of one or more units (e.g., a step performs one or more units Functionality, or multiple steps, where each performs the functionality of one or more of the multiple units), even if such one or more steps are not explicitly described or illustrated in the drawings.
  • a step performs one or more units Functionality, or multiple steps, where each performs the functionality of one or more of the multiple units
  • the features of the various exemplary embodiments and / or aspects described herein may be combined with each other, unless explicitly stated otherwise.
  • Video coding generally refers to processing a sequence of pictures that form a video or a video sequence.
  • picture In the field of video coding, the terms “picture”, “frame” or “image” can be used as synonyms.
  • Video encoding used in this application means video encoding or video decoding.
  • Video encoding is performed on the source side and typically involves processing (e.g., by compressing) the original video picture to reduce the amount of data required to represent the video picture (thus storing and / or transmitting more efficiently).
  • Video decoding is performed on the destination side and usually involves inverse processing relative to the encoder to reconstruct the video picture.
  • the video pictures (or collectively referred to as pictures, which will be explained below) referred to in the embodiments should be understood as “encoding” or “decoding” related to a video sequence.
  • the combination of the encoding part and the decoding part is also called codec (encoding and decoding).
  • the original video picture can be reconstructed, that is, the reconstructed video picture has the same quality as the original video picture (assuming there is no transmission loss or other data loss during storage or transmission).
  • further compression is performed by, for example, quantization to reduce the amount of data required to represent the video picture, and the decoder side cannot completely reconstruct the video picture, that is, the quality of the reconstructed video picture is compared to the original video picture The quality is lower or worse.
  • Each picture of a video sequence is usually partitioned into a set of non-overlapping blocks, usually encoded at the block level.
  • the encoder side usually processes at the block (video block) level, that is, encodes the video.
  • the prediction block is generated by spatial (intra-picture) prediction and temporal (inter-picture) prediction.
  • the encoder duplicates the decoder processing loop so that the encoder and decoder generate the same predictions (such as intra prediction and inter prediction) and / or reconstruction for processing, that is, encoding subsequent blocks.
  • the term "block” may be part of a picture or frame.
  • VVC Multi-purpose Video Coding
  • VCEG Video Coding Experts Group
  • MPEG ISO / IEC Motion Picture Experts Group
  • HEVC High-Efficiency Video Coding
  • JCT-VC Joint Collaboration, Video Coding
  • Each CU can be further split into one, two or four PUs according to the PU split type. The same prediction process is applied within a PU, and related information is transmitted to the decoder on the basis of the PU.
  • a CU may be partitioned into a transform unit (TU) according to other quad-tree structures similar to a coding tree for a CU.
  • TU transform unit
  • quad-tree and binary-tree (QTBT) split frames are used to split coded blocks.
  • the CU may be a square or rectangular shape.
  • a coding tree unit (CTU) is first divided by a quad tree structure.
  • the quad leaf nodes are further partitioned by a binary tree structure.
  • Binary leaf nodes are called coding units (CUs), and the segments are used for prediction and transformation processing without any other segmentation.
  • CUs coding units
  • the segments are used for prediction and transformation processing without any other segmentation.
  • CUs coding units
  • the segments are used for prediction and transformation processing without any other segmentation.
  • the CU, PU, and TU have the same block size in the QTBT coded block structure.
  • Embodiments of the encoder 20, the decoder 30, and the encoding and decoding systems 10, 40 are described below based on Figs. 1 to 4 (before the embodiments of the present invention are described in more detail based on Fig. 9).
  • FIG. 1 is a conceptual or schematic block diagram illustrating an exemplary encoding system 10.
  • a video encoding system 10 that can use the technology of the present application (the present disclosure).
  • the encoder 20 e.g., video encoder 20
  • decoder 30 e.g., video decoder 30
  • the encoding system 10 includes a source device 12 for providing the encoded data 13, such as the encoded picture 13, to a destination device 14 that decodes the encoded data 13, for example.
  • the source device 12 includes an encoder 20, and in addition, optionally, may include a picture source 16, such as a pre-processing unit 18 of a picture pre-processing unit 18, and a communication interface or communication unit 22.
  • a picture source 16 such as a pre-processing unit 18 of a picture pre-processing unit 18, and a communication interface or communication unit 22.
  • the picture source 16 may include or may be any kind of picture capture device for, for example, capturing real-world pictures, and / or any kind of pictures or comments (for screen content encoding, some text on the screen is also considered to be a picture to be encoded Or a part of an image) generating device, for example, a computer graphics processor for generating computer animated pictures, or for obtaining and / or providing real world pictures, computer animated pictures (for example, screen content, virtual reality (VR) ) Pictures) of any type of device, and / or any combination thereof (eg, augmented reality (AR) pictures).
  • a computer graphics processor for generating computer animated pictures, or for obtaining and / or providing real world pictures, computer animated pictures (for example, screen content, virtual reality (VR) ) Pictures) of any type of device, and / or any combination thereof (eg, augmented reality (AR) pictures).
  • AR augmented reality
  • a (digital) picture is or can be regarded as a two-dimensional array or matrix of sampling points with luminance values.
  • the sampling points in the array may also be called pixels (short for picture element) or pixels.
  • the number of sampling points of the array or picture in the horizontal and vertical directions (or axes) defines the size and / or resolution of the picture.
  • three color components are usually used, that is, a picture can be represented as or contain three sampling arrays.
  • pictures include corresponding red, green, and blue sampling arrays.
  • each pixel is usually represented in a luma / chroma format or color space, for example, YCbCr, including the luma component indicated by Y (sometimes also indicated by L) and the two chroma indicated by Cb and Cr Weight.
  • Luma (abbreviated as luma) component Y represents luminance or gray level intensity (for example, both are the same in a grayscale picture), while two chroma (abbreviated as chroma) components Cb and Cr represent chroma or color information components .
  • a picture in the YCbCr format includes a luminance sampling array of luminance sampling values (Y), and two chrominance sampling arrays of chrominance values (Cb and Cr).
  • Y luminance sampling values
  • Cb and Cr chrominance sampling arrays of chrominance values
  • Pictures in RGB format can be converted or converted to YCbCr format, and vice versa. This process is also called color conversion or conversion. If the picture is black and white, the picture can include only an array of luminance samples.
  • the picture source 16 may be, for example, a camera for capturing pictures, such as a memory of a picture memory, including or storing a previously captured or generated picture, and / or any category (internal) of obtaining or receiving a picture Or external) interface.
  • the camera may be, for example, an integrated camera that is local or integrated in the source device, and the memory may be local or, for example, an integrated memory that is integrated in the source device.
  • the interface may be, for example, an external interface for receiving pictures from an external video source.
  • the external video source is, for example, an external picture capture device, such as a camera, external storage, or an external picture generation device.
  • the external picture generation device is, for example, an external computer graphics processor, Or server.
  • the interface may be any type of interface according to any proprietary or standardized interface protocol, such as a wired or wireless interface, an optical interface.
  • the interface for acquiring the picture data 17 may be the same interface as the communication interface 22 or a part of the communication interface 22.
  • a picture or picture data 17 (for example, video data 16) may also be referred to as an original picture or original picture data 17.
  • the pre-processing unit 18 is configured to receive (original) picture data 17 and perform pre-processing on the picture data 17 to obtain pre-processed pictures 19 or pre-processed picture data 19.
  • the pre-processing performed by the pre-processing unit 18 may include trimming, color format conversion (for example, conversion from RGB to YCbCr), color correction, or denoising. It is understood that the pre-processing unit 18 may be an optional component.
  • An encoder 20 (eg, video encoder 20) is used to receive the pre-processed picture data 19 and provide the encoded picture data 21 (details will be further described below, for example, based on FIG. 2 or FIG. 4).
  • the communication interface 22 of the source device 12 can be used to receive the encoded picture data 21 and transmit it to other devices, such as the destination device 14 or any other device, for storage or direct reconstruction, or for correspondingly storing the
  • the encoded data 13 and / or the encoded picture data 21 are processed before transmitting the encoded data 13 to other devices, such as the destination device 14 or any other device for decoding or storage.
  • the destination device 14 includes a decoder 30 (for example, a video decoder 30), and in addition, optionally, it may include a communication interface or communication unit 28, a post-processing unit 32, and a display device 34.
  • a decoder 30 for example, a video decoder 30
  • the communication interface 28 of the destination device 14 is used, for example, to receive the encoded picture data 21 or the encoded data 13 directly from the source device 12 or any other source.
  • Any other source is, for example, a storage device, and the storage device is, for example, encoded picture data storage. device.
  • the communication interface 22 and the communication interface 28 can be used for direct communication through a direct communication link between the source device 12 and the destination device 14 or transmission or reception of encoded picture data 21 or encoded data 13 through any type of network
  • the link is, for example, a direct wired or wireless connection, and any type of network is, for example, a wired or wireless network or any combination thereof, or any type of private and public network, or any combination thereof.
  • the communication interface 22 may be used, for example, to encapsulate the encoded picture data 21 into a suitable format, such as a packet, for transmission over a communication link or a communication network.
  • the communication interface 28 forming a corresponding part of the communication interface 22 may be used, for example, to decapsulate the encoded data 13 to obtain the encoded picture data 21.
  • Both the communication interface 22 and the communication interface 28 may be configured as unidirectional communication interfaces, as indicated by the arrows for the encoded picture data 13 from the source device 12 to the destination device 14 in FIG. 1, or configured as bidirectional communication interfaces, and It can be used, for example, to send and receive messages to establish a connection, acknowledge, and exchange any other information related to a communication link and / or data transmission such as encoded picture data transmission.
  • the decoder 30 is configured to receive the encoded picture data 21 and provide the decoded picture data 31 or the decoded picture 31 (details will be further described below, for example, based on FIG. 3 or FIG. 5).
  • the post-processor 32 of the destination device 14 is used to post-process decoded picture data 31 (also referred to as reconstructed picture data), for example, decoded picture 131 to obtain post-processed picture data 33, for example, post-processed Picture 33.
  • the post-processing performed by the post-processing unit 32 may include, for example, color format conversion (e.g., conversion from YCbCr to RGB), color correction, retouching, or resampling, or any other processing, such as preparing the decoded picture data 31 to be processed by
  • the display device 34 displays it.
  • the display device 34 of the destination device 14 is used to receive the post-processed picture data 33 to display a picture to, for example, a user or a viewer.
  • the display device 34 may be or may include any kind of display for presenting a reconstructed picture, such as an integrated or external display or monitor.
  • the display may include a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display, a plasma display, a projector, a micro LED display, a liquid crystal on silicon (LCoS), Digital light processor (DLP) or any other display of any kind.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates the source device 12 and the destination device 14 as separate devices
  • the device embodiment may also include the source device 12 and the destination device 14 or both, ie, the source device 12 or corresponding And the functionality of the destination device 14 or equivalent.
  • the same hardware and / or software, or separate hardware and / or software, or any combination thereof may be used to implement the source device 12 or corresponding functionality and the destination device 14 or corresponding functionality .
  • Both the encoder 20 e.g., video encoder 20
  • decoder 30 e.g., video decoder 30
  • DSP digital signal processors
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • the device may store the software's instructions in a suitable non-transitory computer-readable storage medium, and may use one or more processors to execute the instructions in hardware to perform the techniques of the present disclosure.
  • processors any one of the foregoing (including hardware, software, a combination of hardware and software, etc.) can be considered as one or more processors.
  • Each of the video encoder 20 and the video decoder 30 may be included in one or more encoders or decoders, and any of the encoders or decoders may be integrated as a combined encoder / decoder in a corresponding device (Codec).
  • the source device 12 may be referred to as a video encoding device or a video encoding device.
  • the destination device 14 may be referred to as a video decoding device or a video decoding device.
  • the source device 12 and the destination device 14 may be examples of a video encoding device or a video encoding apparatus.
  • Source device 12 and destination device 14 may include any of a variety of devices, including any type of handheld or stationary device, such as a notebook or laptop computer, mobile phone, smartphone, tablet or tablet computer, video camera, desktop Computer, set-top box, TV, display device, digital media player, video game console, video streaming device (such as content service server or content distribution server), broadcast receiver device, broadcast transmitter device, etc., and may not be used Or use any kind of operating system.
  • a notebook or laptop computer mobile phone, smartphone, tablet or tablet computer, video camera, desktop Computer, set-top box, TV, display device, digital media player, video game console, video streaming device (such as content service server or content distribution server), broadcast receiver device, broadcast transmitter device, etc., and may not be used Or use any kind of operating system.
  • source device 12 and destination device 14 may be equipped for wireless communication. Therefore, the source device 12 and the destination device 14 may be wireless communication devices.
  • the video encoding system 10 shown in FIG. 1 is merely an example, and the techniques of the present application may be applicable to a video encoding setting (eg, video encoding or video decoding) that does not necessarily include any data communication between encoding and decoding devices. .
  • data may be retrieved from local storage, streamed over a network, and the like.
  • the video encoding device may encode the data and store the data to a memory, and / or the video decoding device may retrieve the data from the memory and decode the data.
  • encoding and decoding are performed by devices that do not communicate with each other, but only encode data to and / or retrieve data from memory and decode data.
  • video decoder 30 may be used to perform the reverse process.
  • video decoder 30 may be used to receive and parse such syntax elements, and decode related video data accordingly.
  • video encoder 20 may entropy encode one or more syntax elements that define ... into an encoded video bitstream.
  • video decoder 30 may parse such syntax elements and decode related video data accordingly.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic / conceptual block diagram of an example of a video encoder 20 for implementing the technology of the present (disclosed) application.
  • the video encoder 20 includes a residual calculation unit 204, a transformation processing unit 206, a quantization unit 208, an inverse quantization unit 210, an inverse transformation processing unit 212, a reconstruction unit 214, a buffer 216, and a loop filter.
  • the prediction processing unit 260 may include an inter prediction unit 244, an intra prediction unit 254, and a mode selection unit 262.
  • the inter prediction unit 244 may include a motion estimation unit and a motion compensation unit (not shown).
  • the video encoder 20 shown in FIG. 2 may also be referred to as a hybrid video encoder or a video encoder according to a hybrid video codec.
  • the residual calculation unit 204, the transformation processing unit 206, the quantization unit 208, the prediction processing unit 260, and the entropy encoding unit 270 form the forward signal path of the encoder 20, while the inverse quantization unit 210, the inverse transformation processing unit 212,
  • the constructing unit 214, the buffer 216, the loop filter 220, the decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230, and the prediction processing unit 260 form a backward signal path of the encoder, wherein the backward signal path of the encoder corresponds to To the decoder's signal path (see decoder 30 in Figure 3).
  • the encoder 20 receives a picture 201 or a block 203 of the picture 201 through, for example, an input 202, for example, a picture in a picture sequence forming a video or a video sequence.
  • the picture block 203 can also be called the current picture block or the picture block to be encoded
  • the picture 201 can be called the current picture or the picture to be encoded (especially when the current picture is distinguished from other pictures in video encoding, other pictures such as the same video sequence (Ie previously encoded and / or decoded pictures in the video sequence of the current picture).
  • An embodiment of the encoder 20 may include a segmentation unit (not shown in FIG. 2) for segmenting the picture 201 into multiple blocks, such as the block 203, and generally into multiple non-overlapping blocks.
  • the segmentation unit can be used to use the same block size and corresponding raster to define the block size for all pictures in the video sequence, or to change the block size between pictures or subsets or groups of pictures, and split each picture into Corresponding block.
  • the prediction processing unit 260 of the video encoder 20 may be used to perform any combination of the aforementioned segmentation techniques.
  • block 203 is also or can be regarded as a two-dimensional array or matrix of sampling points with brightness values (sampling values), although its size is smaller than picture 201.
  • the block 203 may include, for example, one sampling array (e.g., a luminance array in the case of a black and white picture 201) or three sampling arrays (e.g., one luminance array and two chroma arrays in the case of a color picture) or a basis An array of any other number and / or category of color formats applied.
  • the number of sampling points in the horizontal and vertical directions (or axes) of the block 203 defines the size of the block 203.
  • the encoder 20 shown in FIG. 2 is used to encode a picture 201 block by block, for example, performing encoding and prediction on each block 203.
  • the residual calculation unit 204 is configured to calculate the residual block 205 based on the picture block 203 and the prediction block 265 (the other details of the prediction block 265 are provided below). For example, the sample value of the picture block 203 is subtracted from the prediction by sample-by-sample (pixel-by-pixel). Sample values of block 265 to obtain residual block 205 in the sample domain.
  • the transform processing unit 206 is configured to apply a transform such as discrete cosine transform (DCT) or discrete sine transform (DST) on the sample values of the residual block 205 to obtain transform coefficients 207 in the transform domain.
  • a transform such as discrete cosine transform (DCT) or discrete sine transform (DST)
  • DCT discrete cosine transform
  • DST discrete sine transform
  • the transform coefficient 207 may also be referred to as a transform residual coefficient, and represents a residual block 205 in a transform domain.
  • the transform processing unit 206 may be used to apply an integer approximation of DCT / DST, such as the transform specified for HEVC / H.265. Compared to an orthogonal DCT transform, this integer approximation is usually scaled by a factor. To maintain the norm of the residual blocks processed by the forward and inverse transforms, an additional scaling factor is applied as part of the transform process.
  • the scaling factor is usually selected based on certain constraints, for example, the scaling factor is a power of two used for shift operations, the bit depth of the transform coefficients, the trade-off between accuracy, and implementation cost.
  • a specific scaling factor is specified on the decoder 30 side by, for example, the inverse transform processing unit 212 (and on the encoder 20 side by, for example, the inverse transform processing unit 212 as the corresponding inverse transform), and accordingly, the The 20 side specifies a corresponding scaling factor for the positive transformation through the transformation processing unit 206.
  • the quantization unit 208 is used to quantize the transform coefficient 207, for example, by applying scalar quantization or vector quantization to obtain the quantized transform coefficient 209.
  • the quantized transform coefficient 209 may also be referred to as a quantized residual coefficient 209.
  • the quantization process can reduce the bit depth associated with some or all of the transform coefficients 207. For example, n-bit transform coefficients may be rounded down to m-bit transform coefficients during quantization, where n is greater than m.
  • the degree of quantization can be modified by adjusting the quantization parameter (QP). For scalar quantization, for example, different scales can be applied to achieve finer or coarser quantization.
  • a smaller quantization step size corresponds to a finer quantization, while a larger quantization step size corresponds to a coarser quantization.
  • An appropriate quantization step size can be indicated by a quantization parameter (QP).
  • the quantization parameter may be an index of a predefined set of suitable quantization steps.
  • smaller quantization parameters may correspond to fine quantization (smaller quantization step size)
  • larger quantization parameters may correspond to coarse quantization (larger quantization step size)
  • Quantization may include division by a quantization step size and corresponding quantization or inverse quantization performed, for example, by inverse quantization 210, or may include multiplication by a quantization step size.
  • Embodiments according to some standards such as HEVC may use quantization parameters to determine the quantization step size.
  • the quantization step size can be calculated using a fixed-point approximation using an equation containing division based on the quantization parameter. Additional scaling factors may be introduced for quantization and inverse quantization to restore the norm of the residual block that may be modified due to the scale used in the fixed-point approximation of the equation for the quantization step size and quantization parameter.
  • inverse transform and inverse quantization scales can be combined.
  • a custom quantization table can be used and signaled from the encoder to the decoder in, for example, a bitstream. Quantization is a lossy operation, where the larger the quantization step, the greater the loss.
  • the inverse quantization unit 210 is configured to apply the inverse quantization of the quantization unit 208 on the quantized coefficients to obtain the inverse quantized coefficients 211. For example, based on or using the same quantization step size as the quantization unit 208, apply the quantization scheme applied by the quantization unit 208 Inverse quantization scheme.
  • the dequantized coefficient 211 may also be referred to as a dequantized residual coefficient 211, which corresponds to the transform coefficient 207, although the loss due to quantization is usually different from the transform coefficient.
  • the inverse transform processing unit 212 is used to apply an inverse transform of the transform applied by the transform processing unit 206, for example, an inverse discrete cosine transform (DCT) or an inverse discrete sine transform (DST), so that Obtain an inverse transform block 213.
  • the inverse transform block 213 may also be referred to as an inverse transform inverse quantized block 213 or an inverse transform residual block 213.
  • the reconstruction unit 214 (for example, the summer 214) is used to add the inverse transform block 213 (that is, the reconstructed residual block 213) to the prediction block 265 to obtain the reconstructed block 215 in the sample domain.
  • the sample values of the reconstructed residual block 213 are added to the sample values of the prediction block 265.
  • a buffer unit 216 (or simply "buffer" 216), such as a line buffer 216, is used to buffer or store the reconstructed block 215 and corresponding sample values, for example, for intra prediction.
  • the encoder may be used to use any unfiltered reconstructed block and / or corresponding sample values stored in the buffer unit 216 for any category of estimation and / or prediction, such as intra-frame prediction.
  • an embodiment of the encoder 20 may be configured such that the buffer unit 216 is used not only for storing the reconstructed block 215 for intra prediction 254, but also for the loop filter unit 220 (not shown in FIG. 2). Out), and / or, for example, to make the buffer unit 216 and the decoded picture buffer unit 230 form a buffer.
  • Other embodiments may be used to use the filtered block 221 and / or blocks or samples from the decoded picture buffer 230 (neither shown in FIG. 2) as the input or basis for the intra prediction 254.
  • the loop filter unit 220 (or “loop filter” 220 for short) is used to filter the reconstructed block 215 to obtain the filtered block 221, so as to smoothly perform pixel conversion or improve video quality.
  • the loop filter unit 220 is intended to represent one or more loop filters, such as a deblocking filter, a sample-adaptive offset (SAO) filter, or other filters, such as a bilateral filter, Adaptive loop filters (adaptive loop filters, ALF), or sharpening or smoothing filters, or cooperative filters.
  • the loop filter unit 220 is shown as an in-loop filter in FIG. 2, in other configurations, the loop filter unit 220 may be implemented as a post-loop filter.
  • the filtered block 221 may also be referred to as a filtered reconstructed block 221.
  • the decoded picture buffer 230 may store the reconstructed encoded block after the loop filter unit 220 performs a filtering operation on the reconstructed encoded block.
  • An embodiment of the encoder 20 may be used to output loop filter parameters (e.g., sample adaptive offset information), for example, directly output or by the entropy coding unit 270 or any other
  • the entropy coding unit outputs after entropy coding, for example, so that the decoder 30 can receive and apply the same loop filter parameters for decoding.
  • the decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 may be a reference picture memory that stores reference picture data for the video encoder 20 to encode video data.
  • DPB 230 can be formed by any of a variety of memory devices, such as dynamic random access (DRAM) (including synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), magnetoresistive RAM (MRAM), and resistive RAM (resistive RAM, RRAM)) or other types of memory devices.
  • DRAM dynamic random access
  • SDRAM synchronous DRAM
  • MRAM magnetoresistive RAM
  • RRAM resistive RAM
  • the DPB 230 and the buffer 216 may be provided by the same memory device or separate memory devices.
  • a decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 is used to store the filtered block 221.
  • the decoded picture buffer 230 may be further used to store other previous filtered blocks of the same current picture or different pictures such as previously reconstructed pictures, such as the previously reconstructed and filtered block 221, and may provide a complete previous Reconstruction is the decoded picture (and corresponding reference blocks and samples) and / or part of the reconstructed current picture (and corresponding reference blocks and samples), for example for inter prediction.
  • a decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 is used to store the reconstructed block 215.
  • Prediction processing unit 260 also referred to as block prediction processing unit 260, is used to receive or obtain block 203 (current block 203 of current picture 201) and reconstructed picture data, such as a reference to the same (current) picture from buffer 216 Samples and / or reference picture data 231 from one or more previously decoded pictures from the decoded picture buffer 230, and used to process such data for prediction, i.e., may be provided as inter-predicted blocks 245 or intra- Prediction block 265 of prediction block 255.
  • the mode selection unit 262 may be used to select a prediction mode (such as an intra or inter prediction mode) and / or a corresponding prediction block 245 or 255 used as the prediction block 265 to calculate the residual block 205 and reconstruct the reconstructed block 215.
  • a prediction mode such as an intra or inter prediction mode
  • a corresponding prediction block 245 or 255 used as the prediction block 265 to calculate the residual block 205 and reconstruct the reconstructed block 215.
  • An embodiment of the mode selection unit 262 may be used to select a prediction mode (e.g., selected from those prediction modes supported by the prediction processing unit 260) that provides the best match or minimum residual (minimum residual means Better compression in transmission or storage), or provide minimal signaling overhead (minimum signaling overhead means better compression in transmission or storage), or consider or balance both.
  • the mode selection unit 262 may be used to determine a prediction mode based on rate distortion optimization (RDO), that is, to select a prediction mode that provides the minimum code rate distortion optimization, or to select a prediction mode whose related code rate distortion meets the prediction mode selection criteria .
  • RDO rate distortion optimization
  • the encoder 20 is used to determine or select the best or optimal prediction mode from a set of (predetermined) prediction modes.
  • the prediction mode set may include, for example, an intra prediction mode and / or an inter prediction mode.
  • the set of intra prediction modes may include 35 different intra prediction modes, for example, non-directional modes such as DC (or average) mode and planar mode, or directional modes as defined in H.265, or may include 67 Different intra prediction modes, such as non-directional modes such as DC (or mean) mode and planar mode, or directional modes as defined in the developing H.266.
  • the set of (possible) inter-prediction modes depends on the available reference pictures (i.e., at least part of the decoded pictures previously stored in DBP 230) and other inter-prediction parameters, such as whether to use the entire reference picture or only the reference A part of the picture, such as a search window area surrounding the area of the current block, searches for the best matching reference block, and / or depends on, for example, whether pixel interpolation such as half-pixel and / or quarter-pixel interpolation is applied.
  • a skip mode and / or a direct mode can also be applied.
  • the prediction processing unit 260 may be further configured to divide the block 203 into smaller block partitions or sub-blocks, for example, using a quad-tree (QT) partition, a binary-tree (BT) partition, or a triple fork by iteration. Tree-triple-ternary-tree (TT) segmentation, or any combination thereof, and for performing predictions, for example, for each of block partitions or sub-blocks, where mode selection includes the tree structure and selection of the partitioned block 203 A prediction mode applied to each of a block partition or a sub-block.
  • QT quad-tree
  • BT binary-tree
  • TT Tree-triple-ternary-tree
  • the inter prediction unit 244 may include a motion estimation (ME) unit (not shown in FIG. 2) and a motion compensation (MC) unit (not shown in FIG. 2).
  • the motion estimation unit is configured to receive or obtain picture block 203 (current picture block 203 of current picture 201) and decoded picture 231, or at least one or more previously reconstructed blocks, for example, one or more other / different previous
  • the reconstructed block of picture 231 is decoded for motion estimation.
  • the video sequence may include the current picture and the previously decoded picture 31, or in other words, the current picture and the previously decoded picture 31 may be part of the picture sequence forming the video sequence or form the picture sequence.
  • the encoder 20 may be used to select a reference block from multiple reference blocks of the same or different pictures in multiple other pictures, and provide a reference picture (or reference picture index) to a motion estimation unit (not shown in FIG. 2). ) And / or provide an offset (spatial offset) between the position (X, Y coordinates) of the reference block and the position of the current block as an inter prediction parameter.
  • This offset is also called a motion vector (MV).
  • the motion compensation unit is used for obtaining, for example, receiving inter prediction parameters, and performing inter prediction based on or using the inter prediction parameters to obtain the inter prediction block 245.
  • Motion compensation performed by a motion compensation unit may include taking out or generating a prediction block based on a motion / block vector determined through motion estimation (possibly performing interpolation on sub-pixel accuracy). Interpolation filtering can generate additional pixel samples from known pixel samples, potentially increasing the number of candidate prediction blocks that can be used to encode picture blocks.
  • the motion compensation unit 246 may locate the prediction block pointed to by the motion vector in a reference picture list.
  • Motion compensation unit 246 may also generate syntax elements associated with blocks and video slices for use by video decoder 30 when decoding picture blocks of video slices.
  • the intra prediction unit 254 is configured to obtain, for example, a picture block 203 (current picture block) and one or more previously reconstructed blocks, such as reconstructed neighboring blocks, that receive the same picture for intra estimation.
  • the encoder 20 may be used to select an intra prediction mode from a plurality of (predetermined) intra prediction modes.
  • Embodiments of the encoder 20 may be used to select an intra-prediction mode based on an optimization criterion, such as based on a minimum residual (eg, an intra-prediction mode that provides a prediction block 255 most similar to the current picture block 203) or a minimum code rate distortion.
  • an optimization criterion such as based on a minimum residual (eg, an intra-prediction mode that provides a prediction block 255 most similar to the current picture block 203) or a minimum code rate distortion.
  • the intra prediction unit 254 is further configured to determine the intra prediction block 255 based on the intra prediction parameters of the intra prediction mode as selected. In any case, after selecting the intra prediction mode for the block, the intra prediction unit 254 is further configured to provide the intra prediction parameters to the entropy encoding unit 270, that is, to provide an indication of the selected intra prediction mode for the block. Information. In one example, the intra prediction unit 254 may be used to perform any combination of intra prediction techniques described below.
  • the entropy coding unit 270 is configured to apply an entropy coding algorithm or scheme (for example, a variable length coding (VLC) scheme, a context adaptive VLC (context adaptive VLC, CAVLC) scheme, an arithmetic coding scheme, and a context adaptive binary arithmetic Coding (context, adaptive binary coding, CABAC), syntax-based context-adaptive binary arithmetic coding (SBAC), probability interval partitioning entropy (PIPE) coding, or other entropy Encoding method or technique) applied to one or all of the quantized residual coefficients 209, inter prediction parameters, intra prediction parameters, and / or loop filter parameters (or not applied) to obtain
  • VLC variable length coding
  • CAVLC context adaptive VLC
  • CABAC syntax-based context-adaptive binary arithmetic coding
  • PIPE probability interval partitioning entropy
  • the encoded picture data 21 is output in the form of, for example, an encoded bit stream 21.
  • the encoded bitstream may be transmitted to video decoder 30 or archived for later transmission or retrieval by video decoder 30.
  • the entropy encoding unit 270 may also be used to entropy encode other syntax elements of the current video slice that is being encoded.
  • video encoder 20 may be used to encode a video stream.
  • the non-transform-based encoder 20 may directly quantize the residual signal without a transform processing unit 206 for certain blocks or frames.
  • the encoder 20 may have a quantization unit 208 and an inverse quantization unit 210 combined into a single unit.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates an exemplary video decoder 30 for implementing the techniques of the present application.
  • the video decoder 30 is configured to receive, for example, encoded picture data (eg, an encoded bit stream) 21 encoded by the encoder 20 to obtain a decoded picture 231.
  • video decoder 30 receives video data from video encoder 20, such as an encoded video bitstream and associated syntax elements representing picture blocks of encoded video slices.
  • the decoder 30 includes an entropy decoding unit 304, an inverse quantization unit 310, an inverse transform processing unit 312, a reconstruction unit 314 (such as a summer 314), a buffer 316, a loop filter 320, The decoded picture buffer 330 and the prediction processing unit 360.
  • the prediction processing unit 360 may include an inter prediction unit 344, an intra prediction unit 354, and a mode selection unit 362.
  • video decoder 30 may perform a decoding pass that is substantially inverse to the encoding pass described with reference to video encoder 20 of FIG. 2.
  • the entropy decoding unit 304 is configured to perform entropy decoding on the encoded picture data 21 to obtain, for example, quantized coefficients 309 and / or decoded encoding parameters (not shown in FIG. 3), for example, inter prediction, intra prediction parameters , (Filtered) any or all of the loop filter parameters and / or other syntax elements.
  • the entropy decoding unit 304 is further configured to forward the inter prediction parameters, the intra prediction parameters, and / or other syntax elements to the prediction processing unit 360.
  • Video decoder 30 may receive syntax elements at the video slice level and / or the video block level.
  • the inverse quantization unit 310 may be functionally the same as the inverse quantization unit 110
  • the inverse transformation processing unit 312 may be functionally the same as the inverse transformation processing unit 212
  • the reconstruction unit 314 may be functionally the same as the reconstruction unit 214
  • the buffer 316 may be functionally
  • the loop filter 320 may be functionally the same as the loop filter 220
  • the decoded picture buffer 330 may be functionally the same as the decoded picture buffer 230.
  • the prediction processing unit 360 may include an inter prediction unit 344 and an intra prediction unit 354.
  • the inter prediction unit 344 may be functionally similar to the inter prediction unit 244 and the intra prediction unit 354 may be functionally similar to the intra prediction unit 254.
  • the prediction processing unit 360 is generally used to perform block prediction and / or obtain prediction blocks 365 from the encoded data 21, and to receive or obtain prediction-related parameters and / or Information about the selected prediction mode.
  • the intra-prediction unit 354 of the prediction processing unit 360 is used for the intra-prediction mode based on signal representation, Data to generate a prediction block 365 for a picture block of the current video slice.
  • the inter-prediction unit 344 e.g., a motion compensation unit
  • the other syntax elements generate a prediction block 365 for a video block of the current video slice.
  • a prediction block may be generated from a reference picture in a reference picture list.
  • the video decoder 30 may construct a reference frame list using a default construction technique based on the reference pictures stored in the DPB 330: List 0 and List 1.
  • the prediction processing unit 360 is configured to determine prediction information for a video block of a current video slice by analyzing a motion vector and other syntax elements, and use the prediction information to generate a prediction block for a current video block that is being decoded. For example, the prediction processing unit 360 uses some of the received syntax elements to determine a prediction mode (e.g., intra or inter prediction) of a video block used to encode a video slice, an inter prediction slice type (e.g., B slice, P slice or GPB slice), construction information for one or more of the reference picture lists for the slice, motion vectors for each inter-coded video block for the slice, each warp for the slice The inter-prediction status and other information of the inter-coded video block to decode the video block of the current video slice.
  • a prediction mode e.g., intra or inter prediction
  • an inter prediction slice type e.g., B slice, P slice or GPB slice
  • construction information for one or more of the reference picture lists for the slice motion vectors for each inter-coded video block
  • the inverse quantization unit 310 may be used for inverse quantization (ie, inverse quantization) of the quantized transform coefficients provided in the bitstream and decoded by the entropy decoding unit 304.
  • the inverse quantization process may include using the quantization parameters calculated by video encoder 20 for each video block in the video slice to determine the degree of quantization that should be applied and also to determine the degree of inverse quantization that should be applied.
  • the inverse transform processing unit 312 is configured to apply an inverse transform (for example, an inverse DCT, an inverse integer transform, or a conceptually similar inverse transform process) to the transform coefficients to generate a residual block in the pixel domain.
  • an inverse transform for example, an inverse DCT, an inverse integer transform, or a conceptually similar inverse transform process
  • Reconstruction unit 314 (e.g., summer 314) is used to add inverse transform block 313 (i.e., reconstructed residual block 313) to prediction block 365 to obtain reconstructed block 315 in the sample domain, such as by The sample values of the reconstructed residual block 313 are added to the sample values of the prediction block 365.
  • the loop filter unit 320 (during or after the encoding cycle) is used to filter the reconstructed block 315 to obtain the filtered block 321 so as to smoothly perform pixel conversion or improve video quality.
  • the loop filter unit 320 may be used to perform any combination of filtering techniques described below.
  • the loop filter unit 320 is intended to represent one or more loop filters, such as a deblocking filter, a sample-adaptive offset (SAO) filter, or other filters such as a bilateral filter, Adaptive loop filters (adaptive loop filters, ALF), or sharpening or smoothing filters, or cooperative filters.
  • the loop filter unit 320 is shown as an in-loop filter in FIG. 3, in other configurations, the loop filter unit 320 may be implemented as a post-loop filter.
  • the decoded video block 321 in a given frame or picture is then stored in a decoded picture buffer 330 that stores reference pictures for subsequent motion compensation.
  • the decoder 30 is used, for example, to output a decoded picture 31 through an output 332 for presentation to or review by a user.
  • video decoder 30 may be used to decode the compressed bitstream.
  • the decoder 30 may generate an output video stream without the loop filter unit 320.
  • the non-transform-based decoder 30 may directly inversely quantize the residual signal without the inverse transform processing unit 312 for certain blocks or frames.
  • the video decoder 30 may have an inverse quantization unit 310 and an inverse transform processing unit 312 combined into a single unit.
  • FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram of an example of a video encoding system 40 including the encoder 20 of FIG. 2 and / or the decoder 30 of FIG. 3 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the system 40 may implement a combination of various techniques of the present application.
  • the video encoding system 40 may include an imaging device 41, a video encoder 20, a video decoder 30 (and / or a video encoder implemented by the logic circuit 47 of the processing unit 46), an antenna 42, One or more processors 43, one or more memories 44, and / or a display device 45.
  • the imaging device 41, antenna 42, processing unit 46, logic circuit 47, video encoder 20, video decoder 30, processor 43, memory 44, and / or display device 45 can communicate with each other.
  • video encoding system 40 is shown with video encoder 20 and video decoder 30, in different examples, video encoding system 40 may include only video encoder 20 or only video decoder 30.
  • the video encoding system 40 may include an antenna 42.
  • the antenna 42 may be used to transmit or receive an encoded bit stream of video data.
  • the video encoding system 40 may include a display device 45.
  • the display device 45 may be used to present video data.
  • the logic circuit 47 may be implemented by the processing unit 46.
  • the processing unit 46 may include application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) logic, a graphics processor, a general-purpose processor, and the like.
  • the video encoding system 40 may also include an optional processor 43, which may similarly include application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) logic, a graphics processor, a general-purpose processor, and the like.
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the logic circuit 47 may be implemented by hardware, such as dedicated hardware for video encoding, and the processor 43 may be implemented by general software, operating system, and the like.
  • the memory 44 may be any type of memory, such as volatile memory (e.g., Static Random Access Memory (SRAM), Dynamic Random Access Memory (DRAM), etc.) or non-volatile memory Memory (for example, flash memory, etc.).
  • the memory 44 may be implemented by a cache memory.
  • the logic circuit 47 may access the memory 44 (eg, for implementing an image buffer).
  • the logic circuit 47 and / or the processing unit 46 may include a memory (eg, a cache, etc.) for implementing an image buffer or the like.
  • video encoder 20 implemented by logic circuits may include an image buffer (eg, implemented by processing unit 46 or memory 44) and a graphics processing unit (eg, implemented by processing unit 46).
  • the graphics processing unit may be communicatively coupled to the image buffer.
  • the graphics processing unit may include a video encoder 20 implemented by a logic circuit 47 to implement the various modules discussed with reference to FIG. 2 and / or any other encoder system or subsystem described herein.
  • Logic circuits can be used to perform various operations discussed herein.
  • Video decoder 30 may be implemented in a similar manner by logic circuit 47 to implement the various modules discussed with reference to decoder 30 of FIG. 3 and / or any other decoder system or subsystem described herein.
  • video decoder 30 implemented by a logic circuit may include an image buffer (implemented by processing unit 2820 or memory 44) and a graphics processing unit (eg, implemented by processing unit 46).
  • the graphics processing unit may be communicatively coupled to the image buffer.
  • the graphics processing unit may include a video decoder 30 implemented by a logic circuit 47 to implement various modules discussed with reference to FIG. 3 and / or any other decoder system or subsystem described herein.
  • the antenna 42 of the video encoding system 40 may be used to receive an encoded bit stream of video data.
  • the encoded bitstream may contain data, indicators, index values, mode selection data, etc. related to encoded video frames discussed herein, such as data related to coded segmentation (e.g., transform coefficients or quantized transform coefficients) , (As discussed) optional indicators, and / or data defining code partitions).
  • the video encoding system 40 may also include a video decoder 30 coupled to the antenna 42 and used to decode the encoded bitstream.
  • the display device 45 is used to present video frames.
  • FIG. 5 is a simplified block diagram of an apparatus 500 that can be used as either or both of the source device 12 and the destination device 14 in FIG. 1 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the device 500 may implement the technology of the present application.
  • the device 500 may be in the form of a computing system including multiple computing devices, or in the form of a single computing device such as a mobile phone, tablet computer, laptop computer, notebook computer, desktop computer, and the like.
  • the processor 502 in the apparatus 500 may be a central processing unit.
  • the processor 502 may be any other type of device or multiple devices capable of manipulating or processing information, existing or to be developed in the future.
  • speed and efficiency advantages can be achieved using more than one processor.
  • the memory 504 in the device 500 may be a read-only memory (ROM) device or a random access memory (RAM) device. Any other suitable type of storage device can be used as the memory 504.
  • the memory 504 may include code and data 506 accessed by the processor 502 using the bus 512.
  • the memory 504 may further include an operating system 508 and an application program 510, which contains at least one program that permits the processor 502 to perform the methods described herein.
  • the application program 510 may include applications 1 to N, and applications 1 to N further include a video encoding application that performs the methods described herein.
  • the device 500 may also include additional memory in the form of a slave memory 514, which may be, for example, a memory card for use with a mobile computing device. Because a video communication session may contain a large amount of information, this information may be stored in whole or in part in the slave memory 514 and loaded into the memory 504 for processing as needed.
  • the apparatus 500 may also include one or more output devices, such as a display 518.
  • the display 518 may be a touch-sensitive display combining a display and a touch-sensitive element operable to sense a touch input.
  • the display 518 may be coupled to the processor 502 through a bus 512.
  • other output devices may be provided that allow the user to program or otherwise use the device 500, or provide other output devices as an alternative to the display 518.
  • the display can be implemented in different ways, including through a liquid crystal display (LCD), a cathode-ray tube (CRT) display, a plasma display, or a light emitting diode diode (LED) displays, such as organic LED (OLED) displays.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • CTR cathode-ray tube
  • plasma display a plasma display
  • LED light emitting diode diode
  • OLED organic LED
  • the apparatus 500 may further include or be in communication with an image sensing device 520, such as a camera or any other image sensing device 520 that can or will be developed in the future to sense an image, such as An image of a user running the device 500.
  • the image sensing device 520 may be placed directly facing a user of the running apparatus 500.
  • the position and optical axis of the image sensing device 520 may be configured such that its field of view includes an area immediately adjacent to the display 518 and the display 518 is visible from the area.
  • the device 500 may also include or be in communication with a sound sensing device 522, such as a microphone or any other sound sensing device that can or will be developed in the future to sense the sound near the device 500.
  • the sound sensing device 522 may be placed directly facing the user of the operating device 500 and may be used to receive a sound, such as a voice or other sound, emitted by the user when the device 500 is running.
  • the processor 502 and the memory 504 of the apparatus 500 are shown in FIG. 5 as being integrated in a single unit, other configurations may be used.
  • the operation of the processor 502 may be distributed among multiple directly-coupled machines (each machine has one or more processors), or distributed in a local area or other network.
  • the memory 504 may be distributed among multiple machines, such as a network-based memory or a memory among multiple machines running the apparatus 500.
  • the bus 512 of the device 500 may be formed by multiple buses.
  • the slave memory 514 may be directly coupled to other components of the device 500 or may be accessed through a network, and may include a single integrated unit, such as one memory card, or multiple units, such as multiple memory cards. Therefore, the apparatus 500 can be implemented in various configurations.
  • Figure 6 describes the division of binary tree, tri-tree and quad-tree, where:
  • a quadtree is a tree-like structure, meaning that a node can be divided into four child nodes.
  • the H265 video coding standard uses a quadtree-based CTU division method: the CTU serves as the root node, and each node corresponds to a square area; a node can no longer be divided (in this case, its corresponding area is a CU), or this
  • the node is divided into four nodes at the next lower level, that is, the square area is divided into four square areas of the same size (the length and width are each half of the length and width of the area before division), and each area corresponds to a node. As shown in Figure 6 (a).
  • a binary tree is a tree-like structure, meaning that a node can be divided into two child nodes.
  • a node on a binary tree structure may not be divided, or this node may be divided into two nodes at a lower level.
  • a triple tree is a tree-like structure, meaning that a node can be divided into three child nodes.
  • the nodes on a tri-tree structure may not be divided, or this node may be divided into three lower-level nodes.
  • the H.265 video coding standard divides a frame of image into non-overlapping coding tree units (CTU).
  • the size of the CTU can be set to 64 ⁇ 64 (the size of the CTU can also be set to other values, such as the CTU in the JVET reference software JEM The size is increased to 128 ⁇ 128 or 256 ⁇ 256).
  • a 64 ⁇ 64 CTU contains a rectangular pixel lattice of 64 columns with 64 pixels in each column, and each pixel contains a luminance component and / or a chrominance component.
  • H.265 uses a quad-tree (QT) -based CTU division method.
  • the CTU is used as the root node of the quad tree, and the CTU is recursively divided into several leaves according to the quad tree division method.
  • a node corresponds to an image area. If the node is not divided, the node is called a leaf node, and its corresponding image area forms a CU. If the node continues to be divided, the image area corresponding to the node is divided into four regions of the same size (the (The length and width are each half of the divided area.) Each area corresponds to a node. You need to determine whether these nodes will be divided separately.
  • the quadtree level (qtDepth) of the root node is 0, and the quadtree level of the node is the quadtree level of the parent node of the node plus 1.
  • the size and shape of the nodes in the following refers to the size and shape of the image area corresponding to the nodes.
  • the quadtree level is 0
  • Each of these four 32 ⁇ 32 nodes can choose to continue to divide or not to divide according to its corresponding split_cu_flag; if a 32 ⁇ 32 node continues to divide, four 16 ⁇ 16 nodes (four The level of the fork tree is 2). And so on, until all nodes are no longer divided, such a CTU is divided into a group of CUs.
  • the minimum size (size) of the CU is identified in the sequence parameter set (SPS: Sequence Parameter Set). For example, 8 ⁇ 8 is the smallest CU.
  • SPS Sequence Parameter Set
  • this leaf node When a node is parsed as a leaf node, this leaf node is a CU, and further analyzes the coding information corresponding to the CU (including the prediction mode and transformation coefficients of the CU, such as the coding_unit () syntax structure in H.265). Then, the CU is subjected to decoding, prediction, inverse quantization, inverse transform, and loop filtering according to the encoded information to generate a reconstructed image corresponding to the CU.
  • the quad-tree structure enables the CTU to be divided into a group of CUs of a suitable size according to the local characteristics of the image, for example, smooth regions are divided into larger CUs, and texture-rich regions are divided into smaller CUs.
  • VTM Versatile video coding Test Model
  • BT binary tree
  • TT ternary tree
  • Binary tree partitioning divides a node into two sub-nodes. There are two specific binary tree partitioning methods:
  • Three-tree partitioning divides a node into three sub-nodes. There are two specific methods for three-tree partitioning:
  • the division method of QT cascade BT / TT is used in VTM, referred to as QT-MTT (Quad Tree Plus Multi-Type Tree) division method. More specifically, the CTU generates QT leaf nodes through QT division. The nodes in the QT can be further divided into four QT child nodes using quad-tree division, or a QT leaf node can be generated without using quad-section division. The QT leaf node serves as the root node of the MTT. Nodes in MTT can be divided into sub-nodes using one of the four division methods: horizontal bisection, vertical bisection, horizontal trisection, and vertical trisection, or no longer be divided into an MTT leaf node.
  • the leaf node of MTT is a coding unit CU.
  • Figure 7 shows an example of dividing a CTU into 16 CUs such as a to p using QT-MTT.
  • Each endpoint on the right of Figure 7 represents a node, 4 nodes connected to a node represent quadtree partition, 2 nodes connected to a node represent binary tree partition, and 3 nodes connected to a node represent tritree partition.
  • the solid line represents the QT division
  • the dashed line represents the first-level division of a Multi-Type Tree (MTT)
  • the dot-dash line represents the second-level division of the MTT.
  • a to p are 16 MTT leaf nodes, and each MTT leaf node is 1 CU.
  • a CTU obtains the CU division diagram shown in the left diagram of FIG. 7 according to the division manner in the right diagram of FIG. 7.
  • each CU has a QT level (Quad-tree depth, QT depth, also called QT depth) and an MTT level (Multi-Type Tree depth, MTT depth, also called MTT depth).
  • QT level indicates the QT level of the QT leaf node to which the CU belongs
  • MTT level indicates the MTT level of the MTT leaf node to which the CU belongs.
  • the root node of the coding tree has a QT level of 0 and an MTT level of 0. If a node on the coding tree is divided by QT, the QT level of the child node obtained by the division is the QT level of the node plus 1, and the MTT level is unchanged.
  • the MTT level of the child node obtained by the division is the MTT level of the node plus 1, and the QT level is unchanged.
  • the QT level of a, b, c, d, e, f, g, i, and j is 1, and the MTT level is 2;
  • the QT level of h is 1, and the MTT level is 1;
  • the QT level for n, o, and p The QT level is 2 and the MTT level is 0;
  • the QT level for l and m is 2 and the MTTT level is 1. If the CTU is divided into only one CU, the QT level of this CU is 0 and the MTT level is 0.
  • a CU includes a quantization parameter (QP) of luma block and two quantization parameters of chroma block, wherein the quantization parameter of chroma block is derived from the quantization parameter of luma block.
  • QP quantization parameter
  • the chrominance block quantization parameter is referred to as chrominance QP
  • the luma block quantization parameter is referred to as luminance QP.
  • the decoding of the luminance QP of a current CU (current CU) includes the following processing:
  • N CTUSize
  • CTUSize is CTU
  • the QG obtained by the above-mentioned QG determination method includes multiple CUs smaller than the QG, the QG must include multiple complete CUs, that is, multiple CUs smaller than the QG are completely contained in one QG No CU with a size smaller than QG is included in multiple QGs at the same time.
  • the QG obtained by the above QG determination method can also ensure that if a CU is the same size as the QG, the CU must be included in a QG. When a CU is larger than QG, it must contain a complete number of QGs.
  • a current quantization group (referred to as the current QG) in which the current CU is located is determined, where the current QG is a QG covering the coordinates of the upper left corner of the current CU.
  • xQg xCb- (xCb & ((1 ⁇ Log2MinCuQpDeltaSize) -1))
  • yQg yCb- (yCb & ((1 ⁇ Log2MinCuQpDeltaSize) -1))
  • Log2MinCuQpDeltaSize log2 (CTUSize) -diff_cu_qp_delta_depth
  • log2 (x) is the logarithm of base 2 on x.
  • the current CU is the first residual CU in the QG (for example, the current CU's coding block flags cbf_luma, cbf_cb, and cbf_cr have a non-zero value indicating that the current CU has residuals), the current CU is parsed from the code stream.
  • QP difference value This QP difference is used as the QP difference value of all CUs whose coding order is located after the current CU in the current QG; the QP difference value of all CUs whose coding order is located before the current CU in the current QG is 0.
  • qP Y_PRED can be predicted from the left adjacent position luminance QP and the upper adjacent position luminance QP of the current QG.
  • the left adjacent position of the current QG is (xQg-1, yQg), and the upper adjacent position is (xQg, yQg-1).
  • the brightness QP of the upper neighboring position is the brightness QP of the coding unit covering the upper neighboring position; if the upper neighboring position is unavailable or the upper neighboring position does not belong to the same block (Tile) as the current block, the upper neighboring position
  • the position brightness QP is set to the brightness QP of the last CU in the previous QG (such as qP Y_PREV in the HEVC standard).
  • the brightness QP of the left neighboring position is the brightness QP of the coding unit covering the left neighboring position; if the left neighboring position is unavailable or the left neighboring position does not belong to the same block as the current block, the left neighboring position is The position brightness QP is set to the brightness QP of the last CU in the previous QG.
  • Adjacent positions are unavailable. There are many ways to judge. For example, if adjacent positions are outside the current band, they are not available. For example, if adjacent positions are outside the current image, they are not available. Internally, it is not available; for example, pixels in adjacent positions are not available without reconstruction.
  • the predicted value of the quantization parameter of the luminance block of the current QG and the QP difference value (QP delta) of the current CU are added to obtain the luminance QP of the current CU.
  • a new decoding (QG determination) method is needed to ensure the matching of QG and CU, that is, to ensure that one CU does not belong to two different QGs, thereby improving decoding efficiency.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart illustrating an example operation of a video decoder (for example, the video decoder 30 of FIG. 3) according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • a video decoder for example, the video decoder 30 of FIG. 3
  • One or more structural elements of video decoder 30 may be used to perform the technique of FIG. 9. This embodiment includes:
  • the coding tree partition information is obtained by the video decoder 30 from the received code stream. Specifically, the entropy decoding unit in the video decoder 30 may perform this step.
  • the current node may be a CU, for example, it may be a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, o, and p in FIG. 7; It can be a node that needs to be further divided during the QT-MTT division of the CTU. Taking Figure 7 as an example, it can be the nodes corresponding to a and b, the nodes corresponding to c and d, and the nodes corresponding to e, f, and g.
  • the nodes can be the nodes corresponding to i and j, the nodes corresponding to l, m, n, o, and p, the nodes corresponding to l and m, and the nodes a, b, c, d, e, f, and
  • the node corresponding to g may be the node corresponding to h, i, and j.
  • determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes determining coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group. After the coordinates of the upper left corner are determined, the specific area covered by the current quantization group can be determined. Therefore, in the following description, determining the area covered by the current quantization group can be understood as determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide the following four ways to determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node.
  • Manner 1 Determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node and a first threshold T1.
  • the first threshold T1 is a non-negative integer set in advance, and may be 0, 1, 2, or 3, for example.
  • the division depth N of the current node There are two ways to determine the division depth N of the current node.
  • the QT depth of d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k is 1, and the QT depth of l, m, n, o, p is 2; the other is to divide the current node's depth N It is determined as the sum of the QT depth of the current node and the MTT depth of the current node, for example, the QT depth of the node k in FIG.
  • FIG. 7 is 1, and the MTT depth is 0, so the partition depth N of the node k is 1; FIG. 7
  • the node a in the QT depth is 1, and the MTT depth is 2, so the partition depth N of the node a is 3.
  • the QT depth of the root node of the coding tree is 0. If a node in the QT coding tree is divided by QT, the QT depth of the child nodes obtained by division is the QT depth of the node plus 1; if a node in the QT does not use QT division, this node is a MTT root node.
  • the MTT root depth of the MTT root node is 0; if a node on the MTT coding tree is divided using MTT, the MTT depth of the child node obtained is the MTT depth of the node plus 1, and the QT depth of the child node is the QT depth of the node . That is to say, starting from the CTU root node, the current node is obtained after S1 QT partition and S2 MTT partition, then the QT depth of the current node is S1, and the MTT depth is S2.
  • the MTT node with a depth of 1 includes: nodes corresponding to a and b (that is, a node including the area where a and b are located), nodes corresponding to c and d, nodes corresponding to e, f, and g, h Corresponding nodes, nodes corresponding to i and j, and nodes corresponding to l and nodes corresponding to m.
  • MTT depth of 1 indicates nodes that can be obtained by performing only one MTT division on the QT leaf nodes obtained after QT division of the CTU;
  • MTT nodes with a depth of 2 include: a corresponding node, b corresponding node, c corresponding node, d corresponding node, e corresponding node, f corresponding node, g corresponding node, and j corresponding ,
  • the MTT depth of 2 indicates the node obtained by performing the second MTT division on the QT leaf nodes obtained after the QT division of the CTU.
  • Manner 2 Determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node and a first threshold T1.
  • the division depth N of the current node is determined as the QT depth of the current node.
  • the first threshold T1 is a non-negative integer set in advance, and may be 0, 1, 2, or 3, for example.
  • the K-th layer quadtree node is a node that includes the current node among the nodes generated by K quadtree partitioning from the CTU, that is, the (M + N-K) layer parent node of the current node.
  • the coordinates of the upper left corner (xK, yK) of the K-level quadtree node are:
  • xK xCb- (xCb & ((1 ⁇ K1) -1))
  • yK yCb- (yCb & ((1 ⁇ K1) -1))
  • the width and height of the K-level quadtree node are equal to (1 ⁇ K1), where a ⁇ b represents the operation of shifting a to the left by b bits.
  • Manner 3 The area covered by the current quantization group is determined according to the division depth N of the current node and a first threshold T1.
  • the current node is a node in the QT-MTT coding tree, and it may or may not be divided.
  • the CU in the current quantization group can read the above-mentioned saved information in processing such as brightness QP prediction.
  • Manner 4 The area covered by the current quantization group is determined according to the division depth N of the current node and a first threshold T1.
  • the division depth N of the current node is determined as the QT depth of the current node.
  • condition one determines that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; where condition one is that the division depth N of the current node is less than or equal to the first threshold T1
  • condition two is that the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node is equal to zero.
  • Manner 5 The area covered by the current quantization group is determined according to the division depth N of the current node and a first threshold T1.
  • the division depth N of the current node is determined as the QT depth of the current node.
  • condition three and condition four determine that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; where condition three is that the division depth N of the current node is equal to The first threshold T1, the condition four is that the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node is equal to 0, and the condition five is that the partition depth N of the current node is less than the first threshold T1.
  • Manner 6 The area covered by the current quantization group is determined according to the division depth N of the current node and a first threshold T1.
  • the division depth N of the current node is determined as the QT depth of the current node.
  • condition three and condition four determine that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; where condition three is the current node's The partition depth N is equal to the first threshold T1, the condition four is that the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node is equal to 0, the condition five is that the partition depth N of the current node is less than the first threshold T1, and the condition six is the multi-type tree of the current node
  • the division depth M is less than or equal to the fourth threshold T4.
  • Method 7 Determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node and a first threshold T1.
  • the division depth N of the current node is determined as the QT depth of the current node.
  • condition one is that the division depth N of the current node is less than or equal to the first threshold T1
  • condition 7 is that the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node is less than or equal to T1-N.
  • Method 8 Determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node, the division method of the current node, and the second threshold T2.
  • the division depth N of the current node is equal to the second threshold T2 minus 1, and the division mode of the current node is a tri-tree division manner, determine that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node. The area covered; or
  • the division depth N of the current node is equal to a second threshold T2
  • the division mode of the current node is a binary tree division mode or a quadtree division mode
  • the division depth of the current node is less than or equal to a second threshold, and the current node is no longer divided, determine that an area covered by the current quantization group is an area covered by the current node. In this case, the area covered by the current quantization group is the coverage area of one CU.
  • the second threshold value T2 is a preset positive integer.
  • the second threshold value T2 may be set to be X times the first threshold value T1, and X is an integer greater than 1, for example, X may be 2, 3, 4, or the like. You can also directly set T2 to 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, or 9 and so on.
  • the MTT division can be a binary tree division, a tri-tree division, or a quad-tree division, under different division modes
  • the binary tree division depth Db of the current node can be determined in different ways.
  • the non-binary tree division needs to be divided.
  • the partition depth is converted into a binary tree partition depth. For example, the conversion can be performed in the following manner:
  • the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is 0;
  • the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is Describe the binary tree partition depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1;
  • the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node, and if the current node is an intermediate child node obtained through a tri-tree partition method (that is, a child node located in the middle among the three child nodes), the current node is a binary tree partition.
  • the depth Db is the binary tree division depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; or
  • the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is a direct parent node of the current node
  • the binary tree divides the depth plus 2.
  • the division depth of the node is N
  • the area of the node is (128x128) >> N .
  • Method Nine Determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node, the division method of the current node, and the second threshold T3.
  • the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3 minus 1, and the division mode of the current node is a tri-tree division or a quad-tree division, determine that the area covered by the current quantization group is An area covered by the current node;
  • the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3, and the division manner of the current node is a binary tree division manner, determine that an area covered by the current quantization group is an area covered by the current node; or
  • the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3, and the current node is no longer divided, determine that an area covered by the current quantization group is an area covered by the current node. In this case, the area covered by the current quantization group is the coverage area of one CU.
  • the third threshold T3 may be a preset positive integer, for example, it may be 3, 4, or 5, and so on.
  • the QP difference value (for example, an absolute value and a sign) of the current CU is parsed from the code stream. If the current CU coding sequence is located after the first residual CU in the current QG, the QP differential value of the current CU is determined as the QP differential value of the first residual CU in the current QG. If the current CU coding order is before the first residual CU in the current QG, the QP differential value of the current CU is determined to be 0. Among them, at least one of the coded block flag (cbf) cbf_luma, cbf_cb, and cbf_cr of the current CU indicates that the current CU has a residual.
  • the coded block flag (cbf) cbf_luma, cbf_cb, and cbf_cr of the current CU indicates that the current CU has a residual.
  • the inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU may be obtained according to the QP difference value of the current CU; the reconstruction residual block of the current CU is obtained according to the inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU; and then the reconstruction of the current CU The residual block obtains a reconstructed image of the current CU.
  • the brightness QPA of the left adjacent position and the brightness QPB of the upper adjacent position may be obtained according to the coordinates of the upper left corner of the current quantization group, and the predicted brightness QP value of the current QG may be obtained from QPA and QPB.
  • the brightness QP of the upper neighboring position is the brightness QP of the coding unit covering the upper neighboring position PB; if the upper neighboring position is unavailable (for example, the upper neighboring position is outside the current band or the upper neighboring position has not yet been reconstructed) Or when the upper neighboring position and the current block do not belong to the same block (Tile), the brightness QP of the upper neighboring position is set to the brightness QP of the last CU in the previous QG (such as qP Y_PREV in the HEVC standard).
  • the brightness QP of the left neighboring position is the brightness QP of the coding unit covering the left neighboring position PA; if the left neighboring position is not available or the left neighboring position does not belong to the same block as the current block, the left phase
  • the neighboring position luminance QP is set to the luminance QP of the last CU in the previous QG.
  • Method 1 The average value of QPA and QPB is used as the brightness QP prediction value. This method is like the method in HEVC.
  • Method 2 The area of the current CU is R1, the area of the CU on the left adjacent position is R2, and the area of the CU on the upper adjacent position is R3; if max (R1, R2) / min (R1, R2) * Th ⁇ max (R1, R3) / min (R1, R3), then the brightness QP prediction value is set to QPA; max (R1, R2) / min (R1, R2)> max (R1, R3) / min (R1, R3) * Th, the brightness QP prediction value is set to QPB; otherwise, the brightness QP prediction value is set to the average of QPA and QPB.
  • max (a, b) is the larger of a and b
  • min (a, b) is the smaller of a and b
  • Qp Y ((qP Y_PRED + CuQpDeltaVal + 52 + 2 * QpBdOffset Y )% (52 + QpBdOffset Y ))-QpBdOffset Y
  • qP Y_PRED is the predicted value of the luminance block quantization parameter
  • CuQpDeltaVal is the QP difference of the current CU Value
  • QpBdOffsetY is a preset constant related to the luminance component bit width (eg, when the luminance component bit width is 8, QpBdOffsetY is 0; when the luminance component bit width is 10, QpBdOffsetY is 12).
  • the encoding order in the current QG is before the first residual CU.
  • the brightness QP of all CUs is modified to the brightness QP of the first residual CU. That is, the QP difference values of all CUs in the current QG are set to the QP difference values of the current CU, and the QP values of all CUs in the current QG are set to the QP values of the current CU.
  • the set QP value will be used for subsequent codec operations, such as deblocking filtering and QP prediction.
  • the transform coefficients of the current CU can be subjected to inverse quantization and inverse transform processing to obtain the residual image of the current CU.
  • Inter-prediction processing or intra-prediction processing is performed on the current CU according to the prediction mode of the current CU to obtain an inter-prediction image or an intra-prediction image of the current CU.
  • the residual image of the current CU is superimposed on the prediction image of the current CU to generate a reconstructed image of the current CU.
  • the chrominance QP can also be obtained from the mapping relationship between the luminance QP and the chrominance QP and the offset value of the chrominance QP.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the specific implementation manner.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention further provides a video decoder 30, including:
  • Entropy decoding unit 304 is configured to parse the coding tree partition information to obtain the current node determines the area covered by the current quantization group according to the current node's division depth N; obtain the QP difference of the current CU in the area covered by the current quantization group Value; determining the brightness QP of the current CU according to the QP difference value of the current CU.
  • determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes determining coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group. After the coordinates of the upper left corner are determined, the specific area covered by the current quantization group can be determined. Therefore, in the following description, determining the area covered by the current quantization group can be understood as determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group.
  • the inverse quantization unit 310 is configured to obtain an inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU according to the brightness QP of the current CU.
  • An inverse transform processing unit 312 is configured to obtain a reconstruction residual block of the current CU according to an inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU.
  • a reconstruction unit 314 is configured to obtain a reconstructed image of the current CU according to a reconstruction residual block of the current CU.
  • the division depth N of the current node is the quadtree division depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit 304 is specifically configured to determine the current quantization according to the division depth N of the current node.
  • the area covered by the group or the multi-type partition depth M of the current node determines the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is greater than a first threshold T1 or the M is greater than 0, the current quantization group is The area covered is the area covered by the K-level quadtree node of the current node; where K is the smaller value of N and T1; the K-level quadtree node passes through from the coding tree unit CTU
  • the nodes generated by K quadtree partitions include the quadtree nodes of the current node.
  • the K-layer quadtree node is the (M + N-K) -layer parent node of the current node.
  • the division depth N of the current node is the quadtree division depth N of the current node; the entropy decoding unit 304 is specifically configured to divide the depth N according to the quadtree division of the current node And the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determines the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is less than or equal to a first threshold T1 and the M is equal to 0, the area covered by the current quantization group is The area is the area covered by the current node.
  • the division depth N of the current node is the quadtree division depth N of the current node; the entropy decoding unit 304 is specifically configured to divide the depth N according to the quadtree division of the current node Determine the area covered by the current quantization group or determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; if the N Is equal to the first threshold T1, and M is 0, the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if N is less than the first threshold T1, the current quantization group covers The area is the area covered by the current node.
  • the division depth N of the current node is the quadtree division depth N of the current node; the entropy decoding unit 304 is specifically configured to divide the depth N according to the quadtree division of the current node And the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determines the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is equal to a first threshold T1 and the M is equal to 0, the area covered by the current quantization group is The area covered by the current node; or if N is less than a first threshold T1 and M is less than or equal to a fourth threshold T4, the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node .
  • the fourth threshold T4 may be a preset positive integer, for example, may be 1, 2, 3, or 4, and so on.
  • the division depth N of the current node is the quadtree division depth N of the current node; the entropy decoding unit 304 is specifically configured to divide the depth N according to the quadtree division of the current node And the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determines the area covered by the current quantization group; if N is less than or equal to a first threshold T1, and M is less than or equal to T1-N, the current quantization The area covered by the group is the area covered by the current node.
  • the entropy decoding unit 304 may be specifically configured to: if the current partition depth N of the current node is greater than a first threshold T1, obtain the (N-T1) -th level parent node of the current node; determine The area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the (N-T1) layer parent node.
  • the entropy decoding unit 304 may be specifically configured to: if the partition depth N of the current node is equal to a first threshold T1, determine that an area covered by the current quantization group is covered by the current node Area.
  • the division depth of the current node is the QT depth of the current node; or the division depth of the current node is the sum of the QT depth of the current node and the MTT depth of the current node.
  • the first threshold T1 is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • the entropy decoding unit 304 may be further configured to obtain a division manner of the current node; if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a second threshold T2 minus 1, and the current node's
  • the division method is a tri-tree division method, and it is determined that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a second threshold T2, and the current node's
  • the division manner is a binary tree division manner or a quadtree division manner, and it is determined that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if the current node has a division depth less than or equal to a second threshold, And the current node is no longer divided, and it is determined that an area covered by the current quantization group is an area covered by the current node.
  • the second threshold is 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, or 9.
  • the entropy decoding unit 304 may be further configured to obtain a division manner of the current node; if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3 minus 1, and the current node's
  • the division method is a tri-tree division method or a quad-tree division method, and it is determined that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3, and
  • the current node is partitioned in a binary tree, and it is determined that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if the current node's partition depth N is equal to a third threshold T3, and When the current node is no longer divided, it is determined that an area covered by the current quantization group is an area covered by the current node.
  • the third threshold may be 3, 4, or 5, and so on.
  • the entropy decoding unit 304 may be specifically configured to determine a partition depth N of the current node according to a QT depth of the current node and a binary tree partition depth Db of the current node.
  • the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is 0; if the current node is a MTT node and is not a MTT root node, if the current node is a pass For a child node obtained in a binary tree division mode, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is the binary tree division depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; if the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node, if the The current node is an intermediate child node obtained through a tri-tree division method, and the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is the binary tree division depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; or if the current node is an MTT node and is not For the MTT root node, if the current node is a non-intermediate child node obtained through a tri-tree partition, the binary tree partition depth Db of the current node
  • the entropy decoding unit 304 is further configured to: if the QP difference value of the first residual CU in the current quantization group is not equal to 0, then encode the encoding order in the current quantization group.
  • the brightness QP of all CUs before the first residual CU is modified to the brightness QP of the first residual CU. Accordingly, if the current CU is a CU before the first residual CU in the current quantization group, the inverse quantization unit 310 is specifically configured to: according to the brightness of the first residual CU QP obtains the inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU.
  • An embodiment of the present invention further provides a video decoder, which includes an execution circuit for performing any one of the foregoing methods.
  • An embodiment of the present invention further provides a video decoder, including: at least one processor; and a non-volatile computer-readable storage medium coupled to the at least one processor, the non-volatile computer-readable storage
  • the medium stores a computer program executable by the at least one processor, and when the computer program is executed by the at least one processor, causes the video decoder to perform any one of the methods described above.
  • An embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program executable by a processor, and when the computer program is executed by the at least one processor, performing any one of the foregoing methods. .
  • An embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer program, and when the computer program is executed, any one of the foregoing methods is performed.
  • a computer-readable medium may include a computer-readable storage medium, which corresponds to a tangible medium such as a data storage medium or a communication medium including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another according to a communication protocol .
  • computer-readable media generally may correspond to (1) tangible computer-readable storage media that is non-transitory, or (2) a communication medium such as a signal or carrier wave.
  • a data storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by one or more computers or one or more processors to retrieve instructions, codes, and / or data structures used to implement the techniques described in this disclosure.
  • the computer program product may include a computer-readable medium.
  • such computer-readable storage media may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, flash memory, or may be used to store instructions or data structures Any other media that requires program code and is accessible by the computer.
  • any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium.
  • a coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technology such as infrared, radio, and microwave is used to transmit instructions from a website, server, or other remote source
  • Coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave are included in the definition of the medium.
  • the computer-readable storage media and data storage media do not include connections, carrier waves, signals, or other temporary media, but are actually directed to non-transitory tangible storage media.
  • magnetic disks and compact discs include compact discs (CDs), laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (DVDs), flexible discs and Blu-ray discs, where the discs are usually magnetic The data is reproduced, while the optical disk uses a laser to reproduce the data optically. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of computer-readable media.
  • processors such as one or more digital signal processors (DSPs), general purpose microprocessors, application specific integrated circuits , ASIC), field programmable logic array (field programmable logic arrays, FPGA) or other equivalent integrated or discrete logic circuits.
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuits
  • FPGA field programmable logic arrays
  • processors may refer to any of the above-described structures or any other structure suitable for implementing the techniques described herein.
  • the functionality described herein may be provided within dedicated hardware and / or software modules for encoding and decoding, or incorporated in a composite codec. Also, the techniques could be fully implemented in one or more circuits or logic elements.
  • the techniques of this disclosure may be implemented in a variety of devices or devices that include a wireless handset, an integrated circuit (IC), or a collection of ICs (eg, a chipset).
  • IC integrated circuit
  • the present disclosure describes various components, modules, or units to emphasize functional aspects of the device for performing the disclosed techniques, but does not necessarily need to be implemented by different hardware units.
  • the various units may be combined in a codec hardware unit in combination with suitable software and / or firmware, or provided by a collection of interoperable hardware units, which include as described above One or more processors.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Compression Or Coding Systems Of Tv Signals (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a video decoding method and a video decoder. Said method comprises: parsing coding tree partition information to obtain a current node; according to a division depth N of said current node, determining a region covered by a current quantization group; obtaining a quantization parameter (QP) difference value of a quantization parameter of a current coding unit (CU) in said region covered by the current quantization group; obtaining a reconstructed image of the current CU according to the QP difference value of the current CU. Using the present invention, it is possible to improve decoding efficiency.

Description

视频解码方法及视频解码器Video decoding method and video decoder

本申请要求于2018年9月5日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201811032693.7、发明名称为“视频解码方法及视频解码器”以及于2018年9月21日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201811104788.5、发明名称为“视频解码方法及视频解码器”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires the submission of the State Intellectual Property Office of China on September 5, 2018, application number 201811032693.7, the invention name "Video Decoding Method and Video Decoder", and the submission of the State Intellectual Property Office of China, application on September 21, 2018 The priority of the Chinese patent application No. 201811104788.5 and the invention name is "Video Decoding Method and Video Decoder", the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

技术领域Technical field

本申请实施例大体上涉及视频编码领域,更确切地说,涉及视频解码方法及视频解码器。The embodiments of the present application generally relate to the field of video coding, and more specifically, to a video decoding method and a video decoder.

背景技术Background technique

视频编码(视频编码和解码)广泛用于数字视频应用,例如广播数字电视、互联网和移动网络上的视频传播、视频聊天和视频会议等实时会话应用、DVD和蓝光光盘、视频内容采集和编辑系统以及可携式摄像机的安全应用。Video encoding (video encoding and decoding) is widely used in digital video applications, such as broadcast digital TV, video transmission on the Internet and mobile networks, real-time conversation applications such as video chat and video conferencing, DVD and Blu-ray discs, video content acquisition and editing systems And security applications for camcorders.

随着1990年H.261标准中基于块的混合型视频编码方式的发展,新的视频编码技术和工具得到发展并为新的视频编码标准形成基础。其它视频编码标准包括MPEG-1视频、MPEG-2视频、ITU-T H.262/MPEG-2、ITU-T H.263、ITU-T H.264/MPEG-4第10部分高级视频编码(Advanced Video Coding,AVC)、ITU-T H.265/高效视频编码(High Efficiency Video Coding,HEVC)…以及此类标准的扩展,例如可扩展性和/或3D(three-dimensional)扩展。随着视频创建和使用变得越来越广泛,视频流量成为通信网络和数据存储的最大负担。因此大多数视频编码标准的目标之一是相较之前的标准,在不牺牲图片质量的前提下减少比特率。即使最新的高效视频编码(High Efficiency video coding,HEVC)可以在不牺牲图片质量的前提下比AVC大约多压缩视频一倍,仍然亟需新技术相对HEVC进一步压缩视频。With the development of the block-based hybrid video coding method in the H.261 standard in 1990, new video coding technologies and tools have been developed and formed the basis for the new video coding standard. Other video coding standards include MPEG-1 video, MPEG-2 video, ITU-T H.262 / MPEG-2, ITU-T H.263, ITU-T H.264 / MPEG-4 Part 10 Advanced Video Coding ( Advanced Video Coding (AVC), ITU-T H.265 / High Efficiency Video Coding (HEVC) ... and extensions to such standards, such as scalability and / or three-dimensional (3D) extensions. As video creation and usage becomes more widespread, video traffic becomes the biggest burden on communication networks and data storage. Therefore, one of the goals of most video coding standards is to reduce the bit rate without sacrificing picture quality compared to previous standards. Even though the latest High Efficiency Video Coding (HEVC) can compress video about twice as much as AVC without sacrificing picture quality, new technologies are still needed to further compress video relative to HEVC.

发明内容Summary of the Invention

本申请实施例提供视频解码方法及视频解码器,可以提高解码效率。The embodiments of the present application provide a video decoding method and a video decoder, which can improve decoding efficiency.

前述和其它目标通过独立权利要求的主题实现。其它实现方式通过从属权利要求、说明书以及附图是显而易见的。The foregoing and other objects are achieved by the subject matter of the independent claims. Other implementations are apparent from the dependent claims, the description and the drawings.

第一方面,本发明涉及视频解码方法。所述方法由视频解码器执行。所述方法包含:解析编码树划分信息,获得当前节点;根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域;获取所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域中当前CU的QP差分值;和根据所述当前CU的QP差分值获取所述当前CU的重构图像。In a first aspect, the invention relates to a video decoding method. The method is performed by a video decoder. The method includes: parsing coding tree partition information to obtain a current node; determining an area covered by a current quantization group according to a division depth N of the current node; obtaining a QP difference value of a current CU in an area covered by the current quantization group ; And acquiring a reconstructed image of the current CU according to a QP difference value of the current CU.

可见,本发明提供的视频解码方法可以根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域,能够确保QP能够与CU匹配,从而避免一个CU对应两个不同的QG,能够提高解码效率。It can be seen that the video decoding method provided by the present invention can determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node, can ensure that the QP can match the CU, thereby avoiding that one CU corresponds to two different QGs, and can improve decoding effectiveness.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖 的区域包括:根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域或根据所述当前节点的多类型划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域;如果所述N大于第一阈值T1或者所述M大于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点的第K层四叉树节点所覆盖的区域;其中K为N和T1中的较小值;所述第K层四叉树节点为从编码树单元CTU开始经过K次四叉树划分产生的节点中包含当前节点的四叉树节点。According to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node. The area covered by the group includes: determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node or determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the multi-type division depth M of the current node; if the N is greater than the first threshold T1 or M is greater than 0, and the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the K-th level quadtree node of the current node; where K is the smaller of N and T1 Value; the K-th level quadtree node is a quadtree node including the current node among the nodes generated by the quadtree partitioning K times from the coding tree unit CTU.

其中,所述第K层四叉树节点即为所述当前节点的第(M+N-K)层父节点。The K-layer quadtree node is the (M + N-K) -layer parent node of the current node.

可见,在CU的基础上进行QP覆盖范围的确认,能够使得QP的划分更为精确,从而提高解码质量。It can be seen that the confirmation of QP coverage on the basis of CU can make the division of QP more accurate, thereby improving the decoding quality.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域包括:根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域;如果所述N小于或等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。According to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node. The area covered by the group includes: determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; if the N is less than or equal to the A threshold T1, and M is equal to 0, and the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node.

可见,在CU的基础上进行QP覆盖范围的确认,能够使得QP的划分更为精确,从而提高解码质量。It can be seen that the confirmation of QP coverage on the basis of CU can make the division of QP more accurate, thereby improving the decoding quality.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域包括:根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域或者根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域;如果所述N等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或者如果所述N小于第一阈值T1,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。According to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node. The area covered by the group includes: determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad tree partition depth N of the current node or the quad tree partition depth N of the current node and the multiple types of the current node The tree division depth M determines the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is equal to the first threshold T1 and the M is 0, the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node Or if the N is less than the first threshold T1, the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node.

可见,在CU的基础上进行QP覆盖范围的确认,能够使得QP的划分更为精确,从而提高解码质量。It can be seen that the confirmation of QP coverage on the basis of CU can make the division of QP more accurate, thereby improving the decoding quality.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域包括:根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域;如果所述N等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或者如果所述N小于第一阈值T1,且所述M小于或等于第四阈值T4,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。According to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node. The area covered by the group includes: determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; if the N is equal to a first threshold T1, and M is equal to 0, the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if N is less than a first threshold T1, and M is less than or equal to a fourth threshold T4 The area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述第四阈值T4可以是预先设置的正整数,例如可以为1,2,3,或4等等。According to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the fourth threshold T4 may be a preset positive integer, for example, may be 1, 2, 3, or 4, and so on.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述第四阈值可以根据第一阈值T1和所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N确定,例如可以为T4=T1-N。According to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the fourth threshold may be determined according to the first threshold T1 and a quadtree partition depth N of the current node, and may be, for example, T4 = T1-N.

可见,在CU的基础上进行QP覆盖范围的确认,能够使得QP的划分更为精确,从而提 高解码质量。It can be seen that confirming the QP coverage on the basis of the CU can make the QP division more accurate, thereby improving the decoding quality.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域包括:根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域;如果所述N小于或等于第一阈值T1,且所述M小于或等于T1-N,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。According to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node. The area covered by the group includes: determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; if the N is less than or equal to the A threshold T1, and M is less than or equal to T1-N, and an area covered by the current quantization group is an area covered by the current node.

可见,在CU的基础上进行QP覆盖范围的确认,能够使得QP的划分更为精确,从而提高解码质量。It can be seen that the confirmation of QP coverage on the basis of CU can make the division of QP more accurate, thereby improving the decoding quality.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域包括:如果所述当前节点的划分深度N大于第一阈值T1,获取所述当前节点的第(N-T1)层父节点;确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述第(N-T1)层父节点所覆盖的区域。According to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes: if the division depth N of the current node is greater than a first threshold T1 Obtaining the (N-T1) -layer parent node of the current node; determining that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the (N-T1) -layer parent node.

可见,在CU的基础上进行QP覆盖范围的确认,能够使得QP的划分更为精确,从而提高解码质量。It can be seen that the confirmation of QP coverage on the basis of CU can make the division of QP more accurate, thereby improving the decoding quality.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域包括:如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第一阈值T1,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。According to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes: if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a first threshold T1 , Determining that an area covered by the current quantization group is an area covered by the current node.

可见,直接将所述当前节点的划分深度N与第一阈值T1进行比较,从而确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域,提高了解码速度。It can be seen that the division depth N of the current node is directly compared with the first threshold T1, so as to determine the area covered by the current quantization group, and the decoding speed is improved.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度为所述当前节点的QT depth;或所述当前节点的划分深度为所述当前节点的QT depth与所述当前节点的MTT depth之和。According to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the division depth of the current node is the QT depth of the current node; or the division depth of the current node is the QT depth of the current node and the Sum of the MTT depth of the current node.

可见,使用不同的划分深度确认方式,可以在解码速度和解码质量之间进行平衡,提高最终的解码效率。It can be seen that using different methods of confirming the depth of division can balance the decoding speed and decoding quality, and improve the final decoding efficiency.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述第一阈值T1为0,1,2,或3。According to a first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the first threshold T1 is 0, 1, 2, or 3.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:获取所述当前节点的划分方式;所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域包括:如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第二阈值T2减1,且所述当前节点的划分方式为三叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第二阈值T2,且所述当前节点的划分方式为二叉树划分方式或四叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或或如果所述当前节点的划分深度小于或等于第二阈值,且所述当前节点不再划分,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。According to a first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the method further includes: obtaining a division manner of the current node; and determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes: : If the division depth N of the current node is equal to the second threshold T2 minus 1, and the division mode of the current node is a tri-tree division manner, determine that the area covered by the current quantization group is covered by the current node Area; or if the current node's division depth N is equal to a second threshold T2, and the current node is divided into a binary tree or a quadtree, determining that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area The area covered by the current node; or, if the current node's division depth is less than or equal to a second threshold, and the current node is no longer divided, determining that the area covered by the current quantization group is covered by the current node Area.

可见,针对不同的情况采用不同的方式确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域,能够提高QG的划分精度,从而提高解码精度。It can be seen that, for different situations, determining the area covered by the current quantization group in different ways can improve the accuracy of QG partitioning and thus the decoding accuracy.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述第二阈值为2、3、4、6、8、或9。According to a first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the second threshold value is 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, or 9.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述第二阈值可以设置为第一阈值的X倍,X为大于1的整数,例如X为2,3,或4等等。According to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the second threshold value may be set to be X times the first threshold value, and X is an integer greater than 1, for example, X is 2, 3, or 4, and so on.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:获取所述当前节点的划分方式;所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域包括:如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3减1,且所述当前节点的划分方式为三叉树划分方式或四叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3,且所述当前节点的划分方式为二叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3,且所述当前节点不再划分时,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。According to a first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the method further includes: obtaining a division manner of the current node; and determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes: : If the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3 minus 1, and the division mode of the current node is a tri-tree division or a quad-tree division, determine that the area covered by the current quantization group is The area covered by the current node; if the current partition depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3, and the current node is partitioned in a binary tree, determining that the area covered by the current quantization group is the current The area covered by the node; or if the current node's division depth N is equal to a third threshold T3 and the current node is no longer divided, determining that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node region.

可见,针对不同的情况采用不同的方式确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域,能够提高QG的划分精度,从而提高解码精度。It can be seen that, for different situations, determining the area covered by the current quantization group in different ways can improve the accuracy of QG partitioning and thus the decoding accuracy.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述第三阈值为3,或5。According to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the third threshold value is 3, or 5.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N根据所述当前节点的QT depth与所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db确定。According to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the division depth N of the current node is determined according to the QT depth of the current node and the binary tree division depth Db of the current node.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N采用如下计算式确定:N=Dq*2+Db;所述Dq为所述当前节点的QT depth。According to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the division depth N of the current node is determined using the following calculation formula: N = Dq * 2 + Db; and Dq is the QT depth of the current node.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,若所述当前节点为MTT根节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为0;若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过二叉树划分方式获得的子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加1;若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过三叉树划分方式获得的中间子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加1;或若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过三叉树划分方式获得的非中间子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加2。According to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, if the current node is a MTT root node, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is 0; if the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node If the current node is a child node obtained by binary tree division, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is the binary tree division depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; if the current node is an MTT node and For non-MTT root nodes, if the current node is an intermediate child node obtained through tri-tree partitioning, the binary tree partition depth Db of the current node is the binary tree partition depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; or if The current node is a MTT node and a non-MTT root node. If the current node is a non-intermediate child node obtained by a tri-tree partition, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is a binary tree of the immediate parent of the current node Divide the depth by 2.

可见,针对不同的情况采用不同的方式确定划分深度,能够提高QG的划分精度,从而提高解码精度。It can be seen that using different methods to determine the division depth for different situations can improve the division accuracy of QG, thereby improving the decoding accuracy.

根据第一方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,如果所述当前量化组中第一个有残差的CU的QP差分值不等于0,则将所述当前量化组中编码顺序在所述第一个有残差的CU之前的所有CU的亮度QP修改为第一个有残差的CU的亮度QP;According to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, if the QP difference value of the first residual CU in the current quantization group is not equal to 0, the encoding order in the current quantization group is The brightness QP of all CUs before the first residual CU is modified to the brightness QP of the first residual CU;

若所述当前CU是所述当前量化组中第一个有残差的CU之前的CU,所述根据所述当前CU的QP差分值获取所述当前CU的重构图像具体为:If the current CU is a CU before the first residual CU in the current quantization group, obtaining the reconstructed image of the current CU according to the QP difference value of the current CU is specifically:

根据所述第一个有残差的CU的亮度QP获取所述当前CU的重构图像。A reconstructed image of the current CU is obtained according to the brightness QP of the first residual CU.

第二方面,本发明涉及一种视频解码器。所述视频解码器包括:熵解码单元,用于解 析编码树划分信息,获得当前节点;根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域;获取所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域中当前CU的QP差分值;根据所述当前CU的QP差分值确定所述当前CU的亮度QP;逆量化单元,用于根据所述当前CU的亮度QP获得所述当前CU的反量化系数;逆变换处理单元,用于根据所述当前CU的反量化系数获得所述当前CU的重建残差块;和重构单元,用于根据所述当前CU的重建残差块获取所述当前CU的重构图像。In a second aspect, the invention relates to a video decoder. The video decoder includes: an entropy decoding unit configured to parse the coding tree partition information to obtain the current node; determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node; and obtain the area covered by the current quantization group. The QP difference value of the current CU in the region; determining the brightness QP of the current CU according to the QP difference value of the current CU; an inverse quantization unit configured to obtain the inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU according to the brightness QP of the current CU An inverse transformation processing unit configured to obtain a reconstruction residual block of the current CU according to the inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU; and a reconstruction unit configured to obtain the current CU according to the reconstruction residual block of the current CU Reconstructed image.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述熵解码单元,具体用于根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域或根据所述当前节点的多类型划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域;如果所述N大于第一阈值T1或者所述M大于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点的第K层四叉树节点所覆盖的区域;其中K为N和T1中的较小值;所述第K层四叉树节点为从编码树单元CTU开始经过K次四叉树划分产生的节点中包含当前节点的四叉树节点。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, a partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The division depth N of the current node determines the area covered by the current quantization group or the area covered by the current quantization group according to the multi-type division depth M of the current node; if the N is greater than the first threshold T1 or the M Greater than 0, the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the K-level quadtree node of the current node; where K is the smaller of N and T1; the K-level quadtree The node is a quadtree node including the current node among the nodes generated by K tree quadtree partitioning starting from the coding tree unit CTU.

其中,所述第K层四叉树节点即为所述当前节点的第(M+N-K)层父节点。The K-layer quadtree node is the (M + N-K) -layer parent node of the current node.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述熵解码单元,具体用于根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域;如果所述N小于或等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, a partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The quadtree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determine the area covered by the current quantization group; if N is less than or equal to a first threshold T1, and M is 0 The area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述熵解码单元,具体用于根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域或者根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域;如果所述N等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或者如果所述N小于第一阈值T1,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, a partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The quadtree partition depth N of the current node determines the area covered by the current quantization group or the current quantization group is determined according to the quadtree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node. The area covered; if N is equal to the first threshold T1 and M is 0, the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if N is less than the first threshold T1, the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述熵解码单元,具体用于根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域;如果所述N等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或者如果所述N小于第一阈值T1,且所述M小于或等于第四阈值T4,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, a partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The quadtree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determine the area covered by the current quantization group; if N is equal to a first threshold T1, and M is equal to 0, all The area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if the N is less than the first threshold T1 and the M is less than or equal to the fourth threshold T4, the area covered by the current quantization group Is the area covered by the current node.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述第四阈值T4可以是预先设置的正整数,例如可以为1,2,3,或4等等。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the fourth threshold T4 may be a preset positive integer, for example, may be 1, 2, 3, or 4, and so on.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述第四阈值可以根据第一阈值T1和所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N确定,例如可以为T4=T1-N。According to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the fourth threshold may be determined according to the first threshold T1 and the quadtree partition depth N of the current node, for example, T4 = T1-N .

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述熵解码单元,具体用于根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域;如果所述N小于或等于第一阈值T1,且所述M小于或等于T1-N,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, a partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The quadtree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determine the area covered by the current quantization group; if N is less than or equal to a first threshold T1, and M is less than or Equal to T1-N, the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述熵解码单元具体用于:如果所述当前节点的划分深度N大于第一阈值T1,获取所述当前节点的第(N-T1)层父节点;确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述第(N-T1)层父节点所覆盖的区域。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to: if the division depth N of the current node is greater than a first threshold T1, obtain the (N -T1) layer parent node; determining that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the (N-T1) layer parent node.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述熵解码单元具体用于:如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第一阈值T1,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to: if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a first threshold value T1, determine a value covered by the current quantization group The area is the area covered by the current node.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度为所述当前节点的QT depth;或所述当前节点的划分深度为所述当前节点的QT depth与所述当前节点的MTT depth之和。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the division depth of the current node is the QT depth of the current node; or the division depth of the current node is the QT depth of the current node and The sum of the MTT depth of the current node.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中所述第一阈值T1为0,1,2,或3。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the first threshold T1 is 0, 1, 2, or 3.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述熵解码单元,还用于获取所述当前节点的划分方式;如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第二阈值T2减1,且所述当前节点的划分方式为三叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第二阈值T2,且所述当前节点的划分方式为二叉树划分方式或四叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或或如果所述当前节点的划分深度小于或等于第二阈值,且所述当前节点不再划分,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the entropy decoding unit is further configured to obtain a division manner of the current node; if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a second threshold T2 minus 1, and the current node is partitioned in a tri-tree manner, and it is determined that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if the current node's partition depth N is equal to a second threshold T2, and the current node is divided into a binary tree or a quadtree, and it is determined that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if the current node is divided The depth is less than or equal to a second threshold, and the current node is no longer divided, and it is determined that an area covered by the current quantization group is an area covered by the current node.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述第二阈值为2、3、4、6、8、或9。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the second threshold value is 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, or 9.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述熵解码单元,还用于获取所述当前节点的划分方式;如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3减1,且所述当前节点的划分方式为三叉树划分方式或四叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3,且所述当前节点的划分方式为二叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3,且所述当前节点不再划分时,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the entropy decoding unit is further configured to obtain a division manner of the current node; if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3 minus 1, and the current node is divided into a tri-tree or a quad-tree, determining that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; if the current node has a division depth N is equal to a third threshold T3, and the current node is partitioned in a binary tree manner, and it is determined that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if the current node has a partition depth N When it is equal to the third threshold T3 and the current node is no longer divided, it is determined that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述第三阈值为3,或5。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the third threshold value is 3, or 5.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述熵解码单元具体用于:根据所述当前节点的QT depth与所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db确定所述当前节点的划分深度N。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to determine the current node's QT depth according to the current node and the binary tree division depth Db of the current node. Divide the depth N.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述熵解码单元具体用于:采用如下计算式确定所述当前节点的划分深度N:N=Dq*2+Db;所述Dq为所述当前节点的QT depth。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to determine a division depth N of the current node by using the following calculation formula: N = Dq * 2 + Db; the Dq is the QT depth of the current node.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,若所述当前节点为MTT根节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为0;若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过二叉树划分方式获得的子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加1;若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过三叉树划分方式获得的中间子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加1;或若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过三叉树划分方式获得的非中间子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加2。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, if the current node is a MTT root node, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is 0; if the current node is an MTT node and is not MTT Root node, if the current node is a child node obtained by binary tree division, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is the binary tree division depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; if the current node is MTT Nodes and non-MTT root nodes, if the current node is an intermediate child node obtained by tri-tree partitioning, the binary tree partition depth Db of the current node is the binary tree partition depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; or If the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node, and if the current node is a non-intermediate child node obtained by a tri-tree partition method, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is a direct parent node of the current node The binary tree divides the depth plus 2.

根据第二方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述熵解码单元,还用于如果所述当前量化组中第一个有残差的CU的QP差分值不等于0,则将所述当前量化组中编码顺序在所述第一个有残差的CU之前的所有CU的亮度QP修改为第一个有残差的CU的亮度QP;若所述当前CU是所述当前量化组中第一个有残差的CU之前的CU,所述逆量化单元具体用于:根据所述第一个有残差的CU的亮度QP获取所述当前CU的反量化系数。According to a second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the entropy decoding unit is further configured to, if the QP difference value of the first residual CU in the current quantization group is not equal to 0, then Modify the luminance QP of all CUs in the current quantization group whose coding order is before the first residual CU to the luminance QP of the first residual CU; if the current CU is the current The CU before the first residual CU in the quantization group, the inverse quantization unit is specifically configured to obtain the inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU according to the brightness QP of the first residual CU.

第三方面,本发明实施例提供了一种视频解码方法,包括:解析编码树划分信息,获得当前节点;根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;获取所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域中的当前编码单元CU的量化参数QP差分值;和根据所述当前CU的QP差分值获取所述当前CU的重构图像。According to a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a video decoding method, including: parsing coding tree partition information to obtain a current node; and determining a coordinate of an upper left corner of an area covered by a current quantization group according to a partition depth N of the current node; Acquiring a QP difference value of a quantization parameter of a current coding unit CU in an area covered by the current quantization group; and obtaining a reconstructed image of the current CU according to the QP difference value of the current CU.

根据第三方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标或根据所述当前节点的多类型划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N大于第一阈值T1或者所述M大于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点的第K层四叉树节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;其中K为N和T1中的较小值;所述第K层四叉树节点为从编码树单元CTU开始经过K次四叉树划分产生的节点中包含当前节点的四叉树节点。According to a third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node. The coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the group include: determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node or determining the current quantization group according to the multi-type division depth M of the current node. The coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered; if the N is greater than the first threshold T1 or the M is greater than 0, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group is the K-th level quadtree of the current node The coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area covered by the node; where K is the smaller value of N and T1; the K-level quadtree node is a node generated by the quadtree partition K times from the coding tree unit CTU The quadtree node of the current node.

根据第三方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N小于或等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。According to a third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node. The upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the group include: determining the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; If the N is less than or equal to the first threshold T1 and the M is 0, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.

根据第三方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当 前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标或者根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;或者如果所述N小于第一阈值T1,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。According to a third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node. The coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area covered by the group include: determining the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node or the depth N of the quad-tree partition according to the current node And the multi-type tree partitioning depth M of the current node determines the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is equal to a first threshold T1 and the M is equal to 0, the current quantization group The coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node; or if the N is less than the first threshold T1, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the current node The coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area covered.

根据第三方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;或者如果所述N小于第一阈值T1,且所述M小于或等于第四阈值T4,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。According to a third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node. The upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the group include: determining the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; If the N is equal to the first threshold T1, and the M is 0, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node; or if N is less than The first threshold T1 and the M are smaller than or equal to the fourth threshold T4. The coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.

根据第三方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N小于或等于第一阈值T1,且所述M小于或等于T1-N,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。According to a third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the current quantization is determined according to the partition depth N of the current node. The upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the group include: determining the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; If the N is less than or equal to the first threshold T1 and the M is less than or equal to T1-N, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.

根据第三方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:如果所述当前节点的划分深度N大于第一阈值T1,获取所述当前节点的第(N-T1)层父节点;确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述第(N-T1)层父节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。According to a third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, determining the upper-left corner coordinate of an area covered by the current quantization group according to the current partition depth N of the node includes: if the current partition depth N of the node is greater than The first threshold T1 is to obtain the (N-T1) -layer parent node of the current node; determining that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are covered by the (N-T1) -layer parent node The coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area.

根据第三方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第一阈值T1,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。According to a third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, determining the upper-left corner coordinate of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the current partition depth N of the node includes: if the current node partition depth N is equal to The first threshold T1 determines that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.

根据第三方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述第一阈值T1是预先设置的非负整数。According to a third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the first threshold T1 is a preset non-negative integer.

根据第三方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述第一阈值T1为0,1,2,或3。According to a third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the first threshold T1 is 0, 1, 2, or 3.

根据第三方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度QT depth。According to a third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the partition depth of the current node is a quad-tree partition depth QT depth of the current node.

根据第三方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度为所述当前节点的QT depth与所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度MTT depth之和。According to a third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the partition depth of the current node is the sum of the QT depth of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth MTT depth of the current node.

根据第三方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:获取所述当前节点的划分方式;所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第二阈值T2减1,且所述当前节点的划分方式为三叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;或如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第二阈值T2,且所述当前节点的划分方式为二叉树划分方式或四叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。According to a third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the method further includes: obtaining a division manner of the current node; and determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node. The upper-left corner coordinates include: if the current node's division depth N is equal to the second threshold T2 minus 1, and the current node is divided in a tri-tree manner, determining the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the current quantization group Is the coordinate of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node; or if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a second threshold T2, and the division mode of the current node is a binary tree division manner or a quadtree division manner, determine The coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.

根据第三方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:获取所述当前节点的划分方式;所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3减1,且所述当前节点的划分方式为三叉树划分方式或四叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;或如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3,且所述当前节点的划分方式为二叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。According to a third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the method further includes: obtaining a division manner of the current node; and determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node. The upper left corner includes: if the current node's division depth N is equal to the third threshold T3 minus 1, and the current node's division mode is a tri-tree or quad-tree division, determining the coverage of the current quantization group The coordinates of the upper left corner of the region are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the region covered by the current node; or if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3, and the division manner of the current node is a binary tree division manner, determine The coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.

根据第三方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N根据所述当前节点的QT depth与所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db确定。According to a third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, a partition depth N of the current node is determined according to a QT depth of the current node and a binary tree partition depth Db of the current node.

根据第三方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N采用如下计算式确定:N=Dq*2+Db;所述Dq为所述当前节点的QT depth。According to a third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, the division depth N of the current node is determined using the following calculation formula: N = Dq * 2 + Db; and Dq is the QT depth of the current node.

根据第三方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,若所述当前节点为多类型树MTT划分根节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为0;若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过二叉树划分方式获得的子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加1;若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过三叉树划分方式获得的中间子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加1;或若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过三叉树划分方式获得的非中间子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加2。According to a third aspect, in a possible implementation of the method, if the current node is a multi-type tree MTT partition root node, the binary tree partition depth Db of the current node is 0; if the current node is an MTT node and Non-MTT root node, if the current node is a child node obtained by binary tree division, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is the binary tree division depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; if the current node MTT node and non-MTT root node, if the current node is an intermediate child node obtained by tri-tree division, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is the binary tree division depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1 Or if the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node, if the current node is a non-intermediate child node obtained by a tri-tree partitioning method, the depth of the binary tree division Db of the current node is a direct value of the current node The binary tree partition depth of the parent node is increased by two.

根据第三方面,在所述方法可能的实现方式中,如果所述当前量化组中第一个有残差的CU的QP差分值不等于0,则将所述当前量化组中编码顺序在所述第一个有残差的CU之前的所有CU的亮度QP修改为第一个有残差的CU的亮度QP;若所述当前CU是所述当前量化组中第一个有残差的CU之前的CU,所述根据所述当前CU的QP差分值获取所述当前CU的重构图像具体为:根据所述第一个有残差的CU的亮度QP获取所述当前CU的重构图像。According to a third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the method, if the QP difference value of the first residual CU in the current quantization group is not equal to 0, the encoding order in the current quantization group is The brightness QP of all CUs before the first residual CU is modified to the brightness QP of the first residual CU; if the current CU is the first residual CU in the current quantization group For a previous CU, obtaining the reconstructed image of the current CU according to the QP difference value of the current CU is specifically: obtaining the reconstructed image of the current CU according to the brightness QP of the first residual CU. .

第四方面,本发明实施例提供了一种视频解码器,包括:熵解码单元,用于解析编码树划分信息,获得当前节点;根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;获取所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标中当前编码单元CU的量化参数QP差分值;根据所述当前CU的QP差分值确定所述当前CU的亮度QP;逆量化单元, 用于根据所述当前CU的亮度QP获得所述当前CU的反量化系数;逆变换处理单元,用于根据所述当前CU的反量化系数获得所述当前CU的重建残差块;和重构单元,用于根据所述当前CU的重建残差块获取所述当前CU的重构图像。According to a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a video decoder, including: an entropy decoding unit, configured to parse coding tree partition information to obtain a current node; and determine a coverage area of a current quantization group according to the current partition depth N of the current node. The coordinates of the upper left corner of the area; obtaining the QP difference value of the quantization parameter of the current coding unit CU in the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group; determining the brightness QP of the current CU according to the QP difference value of the current CU; An inverse quantization unit configured to obtain an inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU according to the brightness QP of the current CU; an inverse transform processing unit configured to obtain a reconstructed residual block of the current CU according to the inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU ; And a reconstruction unit, configured to obtain a reconstructed image of the current CU according to a reconstruction residual block of the current CU.

根据第四方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述熵解码单元,具体用于根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标或根据所述当前节点的多类型划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N大于第一阈值T1或者所述M大于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点的第K层四叉树节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;其中K为N和T1中的较小值;所述第K层四叉树节点为从编码树单元CTU开始经过K次四叉树划分产生的节点中包含当前节点的四叉树节点。According to a fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The division depth N of the current node determines the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the current quantization group or the multi-type division depth M of the current node determines the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the current quantization group; if N is greater than The first threshold T1 or M is greater than 0, and the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the K-level quadtree node of the current node; where K is N And the smaller value of T1; the K-th level quadtree node is a quadtree node including the current node among the nodes generated by the quadtree partitioning K times from the coding tree unit CTU.

根据第四方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述熵解码单元,具体用于根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N小于或等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。According to a fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The quadtree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determine the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is less than or equal to the first threshold T1, and The M is equal to 0, and the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.

根据第四方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述熵解码单元,具体用于根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标或者根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;或者如果所述N小于第一阈值T1,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。According to a fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The quadtree partition depth N of the current node determines the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group or the quadtree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node. The coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is equal to the first threshold T1 and the M is 0, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are covered by the current node The upper-left corner coordinate of the area covered by the current node; or if N is less than the first threshold T1, the upper-left corner coordinate of the area covered by the current quantization group is the upper-left corner coordinate of the area covered by the current node.

根据第四方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述熵解码单元,具体用于根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;或者如果所述N小于第一阈值T1,且所述M小于或等于第四阈值T4,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。According to a fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The quadtree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determine the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is equal to a first threshold T1, and the M Is equal to 0, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node; or if the N is less than the first threshold T1 and the M is less than or equal to the fourth Threshold T4, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.

根据第四方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述熵解码单元,具体用于根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N小于或等于第一阈值T1,且所述M小于或等于T1-N,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。According to a fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the partition depth N of the current node is the quadtree partition depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to The quadtree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determine the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is less than or equal to the first threshold T1, and The M is less than or equal to T1-N, and the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.

根据第四方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述熵解码单元具体用于:如 果所述当前节点的划分深度N大于第一阈值T1,获取所述当前节点的第(N-T1)层父节点;确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述第(N-T1)层父节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。According to a fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to: if the division depth N of the current node is greater than a first threshold T1, obtain the (N -T1) layer parent node; determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group as the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the (N-T1) layer parent node.

根据第四方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述熵解码单元具体用于:如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第一阈值T1,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。According to a fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to: if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a first threshold value T1, determine a value covered by the current quantization group The coordinates of the upper left corner of the area are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node.

根据第四方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述第一阈值T1是预先设置的非负整数。According to a fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the first threshold T1 is a non-negative integer set in advance.

根据第四方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述第一阈值T1为0,1,2,或3。According to a fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the first threshold T1 is 0, 1, 2, or 3.

根据第四方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度QT depth。According to a fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, a partition depth of the current node is a quad-tree partition depth QT depth of the current node.

根据第四方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度为所述当前节点的QT depth与所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度MTT depth之和。According to a fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, a partition depth of the current node is a sum of a QT depth of the current node and a multi-type tree partition depth MTT depth of the current node.

根据第四方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,还用于获取所述当前节点的划分方式;如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第二阈值T2减1,且所述当前节点的划分方式为三叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;或如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第二阈值T2,且所述当前节点的划分方式为二叉树划分方式或四叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。According to a fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, it is further configured to obtain a division manner of the current node; if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a second threshold T2 minus 1, and the current The division method of the nodes is a tri-tree division method, and it is determined that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node; A two-threshold value T2, and the current node is divided into a binary tree or a quadtree, and it is determined that the upper-left corner coordinate of the area covered by the current quantization group is the upper-left corner coordinate of the area covered by the current node .

根据第四方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述熵解码单元,还用于获取所述当前节点的划分方式;如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3减1,且所述当前节点的划分方式为三叉树划分方式或四叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3,且所述当前节点的划分方式为二叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。According to a fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the entropy decoding unit is further configured to obtain a division manner of the current node; if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3 minus 1, and the current node is divided into a tri-tree or a quad-tree, determining that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node; If the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3, and the division manner of the current node is a binary tree division manner, it is determined that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are covered by the current node. The coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area.

根据第四方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述熵解码单元具体用于:根据所述当前节点的QT depth与所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db确定所述当前节点的划分深度N。According to a fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to determine the current node's QT depth based on the current node's binary tree division depth Db Divide the depth N.

根据第四方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述熵解码单元具体用于:采用如下计算式确定所述当前节点的划分深度N:N=Dq*2+Db;所述Dq为所述当前节点的QT depth。According to a fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to determine a division depth N of the current node by using the following calculation formula: N = Dq * 2 + Db; the Dq is the QT depth of the current node.

根据第四方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,若所述当前节点为多类型树MTT划分根节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为0;若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过二叉树划分方式获得的子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加1;若所述当前节点为MTT 节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过三叉树划分方式获得的中间子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加1;或若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过三叉树划分方式获得的非中间子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加2。According to a fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, if the current node is a multi-type tree MTT partition root node, the binary tree partition depth Db of the current node is 0; if the current node is MTT Node and non-MTT root node, if the current node is a child node obtained by binary tree division, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is the binary tree division depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; if The current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node. If the current node is an intermediate child node obtained by a tri-tree partition, the binary tree partition depth Db of the current node is the binary tree partition depth of the immediate parent of the current node Increase by 1; or if the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node, if the current node is a non-intermediate child node obtained by a tri-tree partitioning method, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is the current node The binary tree partition depth of the immediate parent node is increased by two.

根据第四方面,在所述视频解码器可能的实现方式中,所述熵解码单元,还用于如果所述当前量化组中第一个有残差的CU的QP差分值不等于0,则将所述当前量化组中编码顺序在所述第一个有残差的CU之前的所有CU的亮度QP修改为第一个有残差的CU的亮度QP;若所述当前CU是所述当前量化组中第一个有残差的CU之前的CU,所述逆量化单元具体用于:根据所述第一个有残差的CU的亮度QP获取所述当前CU的反量化系数。According to a fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the video decoder, the entropy decoding unit is further configured to, if the QP difference value of the first residual CU in the current quantization group is not equal to 0, then Modify the luminance QP of all CUs in the current quantization group whose coding order is before the first residual CU to the luminance QP of the first residual CU; if the current CU is the current The CU before the first residual CU in the quantization group, the inverse quantization unit is specifically configured to obtain the inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU according to the brightness QP of the first residual CU.

第五方面,本发明涉及解码视频流的装置,包含处理器和存储器。所述存储器存储指令,所述指令使得所述处理器执行根据第一方面或第三方面或第一或第三方面任何可能实施例的方法。In a fifth aspect, the present invention relates to a device for decoding a video stream, including a processor and a memory. The memory stores instructions that cause the processor to perform a method according to the first aspect or the third aspect or any possible embodiment of the first or the third aspect.

第六方面,提出计算机可读存储介质,其上储存有指令,所述指令执行时,使得一个或多个处理器编码视频数据。所述指令使得所述一个或多个处理器执行根据第一或第三方面或第一或第三方面任何可能实施例的方法。According to a sixth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, on which instructions are stored, which, when executed, cause one or more processors to encode video data. The instructions cause the one or more processors to perform a method according to the first or third aspect or any possible embodiment of the first or third aspect.

第七方面,本发明涉及包括程序代码的计算机程序,所述程序代码在计算机上运行时执行根据第一或第三方面或第一或第三方面任何可能实施例的方法。In a seventh aspect, the invention relates to a computer program comprising program code which, when run on a computer, performs a method according to the first or third aspect or any possible embodiment of the first or third aspect.

在附图及以下说明中阐述一个或多个实施例的细节。其它特征、目的和优点通过说明书、附图以及权利要求是显而易见的。The details of one or more embodiments are set forth in the accompanying drawings and the description below. Other features, objects, and advantages will be apparent from the description, the drawings, and the claims.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或背景技术中的技术方案,下面将对本申请实施例或背景技术中所需要使用的附图进行说明。In order to more clearly explain the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application or the background art, the drawings that are needed in the embodiments of the present application or the background art will be described below.

图1是用于实现本发明实施例的视频编码系统实例的框图;FIG. 1 is a block diagram of an example of a video encoding system for implementing an embodiment of the present invention;

图2是示出用于实现本发明实施例的视频编码器实例结构的框图;2 is a block diagram showing an example structure of a video encoder for implementing an embodiment of the present invention;

图3是示出用于实现本发明实施例的视频解码器实例结构的框图;3 is a block diagram showing an example structure of a video decoder for implementing an embodiment of the present invention;

图4是绘示包含图2的编码器20和图3的解码器30FIG. 4 is a diagram showing the encoder 20 of FIG. 2 and the decoder 30 of FIG. 3.

图5是绘示另一种编码装置或解码装置实例的框图;5 is a block diagram illustrating another example of an encoding device or a decoding device;

图6是绘示根据一实施例的二叉树,三叉树以及四叉树的划分方式示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram illustrating a division manner of a binary tree, a tri-tree and a quad-tree according to an embodiment; FIG.

图7是绘示根据一实施例的QT-MTT划分示意图;7 is a schematic diagram illustrating QT-MTT division according to an embodiment;

图8是绘示根据一实施例的QG划分示意图;8 is a schematic diagram illustrating QG partitioning according to an embodiment;

图9是绘示根据一实施例的视频解码方法的流程图。FIG. 9 is a flowchart illustrating a video decoding method according to an embodiment.

以下如果没有关于相同参考符号的具体注释,相同的参考符号是指相同或至少功能上等效的特征。If there is no specific note about the same reference symbols below, the same reference symbols refer to the same or at least functionally equivalent features.

具体实施方式detailed description

以下描述中,参考形成本公开一部分并以说明之方式示出本发明实施例的具体方面或可使用本发明实施例的具体方面的附图。应理解,本发明实施例可在其它方面中使用,并可包括附图中未描绘的结构或逻辑变化。因此,以下详细描述不应以限制性的意义来理解,且本发明的范围由所附权利要求书界定。In the following description, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, which form a part of this disclosure and illustrate, by way of illustration, specific aspects of embodiments of the invention or which may be used. It should be understood that embodiments of the present invention may be used in other aspects and may include structural or logical changes not depicted in the drawings. Therefore, the following detailed description should not be interpreted in a limiting sense, and the scope of the invention is defined by the appended claims.

例如,应理解,结合所描述方法的揭示内容可以同样适用于用于执行所述方法的对应设备或系统,且反之亦然。例如,如果描述一个或多个具体方法步骤,则对应的设备可以包含如功能单元等一个或多个单元,来执行所描述的一个或多个方法步骤(例如,一个单元执行一个或多个步骤,或多个单元,其中每个都执行多个步骤中的一个或多个),即使附图中未明确描述或说明这种一个或多个单元。另一方面,例如,如果基于如功能单元等一个或多个单元描述具体装置,则对应的方法可以包含一个步骤来执行一个或多个单元的功能性(例如,一个步骤执行一个或多个单元的功能性,或多个步骤,其中每个执行多个单元中一个或多个单元的功能性),即使附图中未明确描述或说明这种一个或多个步骤。进一步,应理解的是,除非另外明确提出,本文中所描述的各示例性实施例和/或方面的特征可以相互组合。For example, it should be understood that the disclosure in connection with the described method may be equally applicable to a corresponding device or system for performing the method, and vice versa. For example, if one or more specific method steps are described, the corresponding device may include one or more units such as functional units to perform the described one or more method steps (e.g., one unit performs one or more steps Or multiple units, each of which performs one or more of the multiple steps), even if such one or more units are not explicitly described or illustrated in the drawings. On the other hand, for example, if a specific device is described based on one or more units such as functional units, the corresponding method may include a step to perform the functionality of one or more units (e.g., a step performs one or more units Functionality, or multiple steps, where each performs the functionality of one or more of the multiple units), even if such one or more steps are not explicitly described or illustrated in the drawings. Further, it should be understood that the features of the various exemplary embodiments and / or aspects described herein may be combined with each other, unless explicitly stated otherwise.

视频编码通常是指处理形成视频或视频序列的图片序列。在视频编码领域,术语“图片(picture)”、“帧(frame)”或“图像(image)”可以用作同义词。本申请(或本公开)中使用的视频编码表示视频编码或视频解码。视频编码在源侧执行,通常包括处理(例如,通过压缩)原始视频图片以减少表示该视频图片所需的数据量(从而更高效地存储和/或传输)。视频解码在目的地侧执行,通常包括相对于编码器作逆处理,以重构视频图片。实施例涉及的视频图片(或总称为图片,下文将进行解释)“编码”应理解为涉及视频序列的“编码”或“解码”。编码部分和解码部分的组合也称为编解码(编码和解码)。Video coding generally refers to processing a sequence of pictures that form a video or a video sequence. In the field of video coding, the terms "picture", "frame" or "image" can be used as synonyms. Video encoding used in this application (or this disclosure) means video encoding or video decoding. Video encoding is performed on the source side and typically involves processing (e.g., by compressing) the original video picture to reduce the amount of data required to represent the video picture (thus storing and / or transmitting more efficiently). Video decoding is performed on the destination side and usually involves inverse processing relative to the encoder to reconstruct the video picture. The video pictures (or collectively referred to as pictures, which will be explained below) referred to in the embodiments should be understood as "encoding" or "decoding" related to a video sequence. The combination of the encoding part and the decoding part is also called codec (encoding and decoding).

无损视频编码情况下,可以重构原始视频图片,即经重构视频图片具有与原始视频图片相同的质量(假设存储或传输期间没有传输损耗或其它数据丢失)。在有损视频编码情况下,通过例如量化执行进一步压缩,来减少表示视频图片所需的数据量,而解码器侧无法完全重构视频图片,即经重构视频图片的质量相比原始视频图片的质量较低或较差。In the case of lossless video coding, the original video picture can be reconstructed, that is, the reconstructed video picture has the same quality as the original video picture (assuming there is no transmission loss or other data loss during storage or transmission). In the case of lossy video coding, further compression is performed by, for example, quantization to reduce the amount of data required to represent the video picture, and the decoder side cannot completely reconstruct the video picture, that is, the quality of the reconstructed video picture is compared to the original video picture The quality is lower or worse.

H.261的几个视频编码标准属于“有损混合型视频编解码”(即,将样本域中的空间和时间预测与变换域中用于应用量化的2D变换编码结合)。视频序列的每个图片通常分割成不重叠的块集合,通常在块层级上进行编码。换句话说,编码器侧通常在块(视频块)层级处理亦即编码视频,例如,通过空间(图片内)预测和时间(图片间)预测来产生预测块,从当前块(当前处理或待处理的块)减去预测块以获取残差块,在变换域变换残差块并量化残差块,以减少待传输(压缩)的数据量,而解码器侧将相对于编码器的逆处理部分应用于经编码或经压缩块,以重构用于表示的当前块。另外,编码器复制解码器处理循环,使得编码器和解码器生成相同的预测(例如帧内预测和帧间预测)和/或重构,用于处理亦即编码后续块。Several video coding standards for H.261 belong to "lossy hybrid video codecs" (ie, combining spatial and temporal prediction in the sample domain with 2D transform coding for applying quantization in the transform domain). Each picture of a video sequence is usually partitioned into a set of non-overlapping blocks, usually encoded at the block level. In other words, the encoder side usually processes at the block (video block) level, that is, encodes the video. For example, the prediction block is generated by spatial (intra-picture) prediction and temporal (inter-picture) prediction. Processed blocks) minus the prediction block to obtain the residual block, transform the residual block in the transform domain and quantize the residual block to reduce the amount of data to be transmitted (compressed), and the decoder side will perform inverse processing relative to the encoder Partially applied to an encoded or compressed block to reconstruct the current block for representation. In addition, the encoder duplicates the decoder processing loop so that the encoder and decoder generate the same predictions (such as intra prediction and inter prediction) and / or reconstruction for processing, that is, encoding subsequent blocks.

如本文中所用,术语“块”可以为图片或帧的一部分。为便于描述,参考多用途视频 编码(VVC:Versatile Video Coding)或由ITU-T视频编码专家组(Video Coding Experts Group,VCEG)和ISO/IEC运动图像专家组(Motion Picture Experts Group,MPEG)的视频编码联合工作组(Joint Collaboration Team on Video Coding,JCT-VC)开发的高效视频编码(High-Efficiency Video Coding,HEVC)描述本发明实施例。本领域普通技术人员理解本发明实施例不限于HEVC或VVC。可以指CU、PU和TU。在HEVC中,通过使用表示为编码树的四叉树结构将CTU拆分为多个CU。在CU层级处作出是否使用图片间(时间)或图片内(空间)预测对图片区域进行编码的决策。每个CU可以根据PU拆分类型进一步拆分为一个、两个或四个PU。一个PU内应用相同的预测过程,并在PU基础上将相关信息传输到解码器。在通过基于PU拆分类型应用预测过程获取残差块之后,可以根据类似于用于CU的编码树的其它四叉树结构将CU分割成变换单元(transform unit,TU)。在视频压缩技术最新的发展中,使用四叉树和二叉树(Quad-tree and binary tree,QTBT)分割帧来分割编码块。在QTBT块结构中,CU可以为正方形或矩形形状。在VVC中,编码树单元(coding tree unit,CTU)首先由四叉树结构分割。四叉树叶节点进一步由二进制树结构分割。二进制树叶节点称为编码单元(coding unit,CU),所述分段用于预测和变换处理,无需其它任何分割。这表示CU、PU和TU在QTBT编码块结构中的块大小相同。同时,还提出与QTBT块结构一起使用多重分割,例如三叉树分割。As used herein, the term "block" may be part of a picture or frame. For ease of description, reference is made to Multi-purpose Video Coding (VVC: Versatile Video Coding) or the ITU-T Video Coding Experts Group (VCEG) and ISO / IEC Motion Picture Experts Group (MPEG). The High-Efficiency Video Coding (HEVC) developed by the Joint Working Group (Joint Collaboration, Video Coding, JCT-VC) describes embodiments of the present invention. Those skilled in the art understand that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited to HEVC or VVC. Can refer to CU, PU and TU. In HEVC, a CTU is split into multiple CUs by using a quad-tree structure represented as a coding tree. A decision is made at the CU level whether to use inter-picture (temporal) or intra-picture (spatial) prediction to encode a picture region. Each CU can be further split into one, two or four PUs according to the PU split type. The same prediction process is applied within a PU, and related information is transmitted to the decoder on the basis of the PU. After obtaining a residual block by applying a prediction process based on a PU split type, a CU may be partitioned into a transform unit (TU) according to other quad-tree structures similar to a coding tree for a CU. In the latest development of video compression technology, quad-tree and binary-tree (QTBT) split frames are used to split coded blocks. In the QTBT block structure, the CU may be a square or rectangular shape. In VVC, a coding tree unit (CTU) is first divided by a quad tree structure. The quad leaf nodes are further partitioned by a binary tree structure. Binary leaf nodes are called coding units (CUs), and the segments are used for prediction and transformation processing without any other segmentation. This means that the CU, PU, and TU have the same block size in the QTBT coded block structure. At the same time, it is also proposed to use multiple partitions with QTBT block structures, such as triple-tree partitioning.

以下基于图1至4描述编码器20、解码器30和编码解码系统10、40的实施例(在基于图9更详细描述本发明实施例之前)。Embodiments of the encoder 20, the decoder 30, and the encoding and decoding systems 10, 40 are described below based on Figs. 1 to 4 (before the embodiments of the present invention are described in more detail based on Fig. 9).

图1为绘示示例性编码系统10的概念性或示意性框图,例如,可以利用本申请(本公开)技术的视频编码系统10。视频编码系统10的编码器20(例如,视频编码器20)和解码器30(例如,视频解码器30)表示可用于根据本申请中描述的各种实例执行用于……(分割/帧内预测/……)的技术的设备实例。如图1中所示,编码系统10包括源设备12,用于向例如解码经编码数据13的目的地设备14提供经编码数据13,例如,经编码图片13。FIG. 1 is a conceptual or schematic block diagram illustrating an exemplary encoding system 10. For example, a video encoding system 10 that can use the technology of the present application (the present disclosure). The encoder 20 (e.g., video encoder 20) and decoder 30 (e.g., video decoder 30) of the video encoding system 10 represent that they can be used to perform for ... (segmentation / intra frame) according to various examples described in this application. Forecast / ...) As shown in FIG. 1, the encoding system 10 includes a source device 12 for providing the encoded data 13, such as the encoded picture 13, to a destination device 14 that decodes the encoded data 13, for example.

源设备12包括编码器20,另外亦即可选地,可以包括图片源16,例如图片预处理单元18的预处理单元18,以及通信接口或通信单元22。The source device 12 includes an encoder 20, and in addition, optionally, may include a picture source 16, such as a pre-processing unit 18 of a picture pre-processing unit 18, and a communication interface or communication unit 22.

图片源16可以包括或可以为任何类别的图片捕获设备,用于例如捕获现实世界图片,和/或任何类别的图片或评论(对于屏幕内容编码,屏幕上的一些文字也认为是待编码的图片或图像的一部分)生成设备,例如,用于生成计算机动画图片的计算机图形处理器,或用于获取和/或提供现实世界图片、计算机动画图片(例如,屏幕内容、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)图片)的任何类别设备,和/或其任何组合(例如,实景(augmented reality,AR)图片)。The picture source 16 may include or may be any kind of picture capture device for, for example, capturing real-world pictures, and / or any kind of pictures or comments (for screen content encoding, some text on the screen is also considered to be a picture to be encoded Or a part of an image) generating device, for example, a computer graphics processor for generating computer animated pictures, or for obtaining and / or providing real world pictures, computer animated pictures (for example, screen content, virtual reality (VR) ) Pictures) of any type of device, and / or any combination thereof (eg, augmented reality (AR) pictures).

(数字)图片为或者可以视为具有亮度值的采样点的二维阵列或矩阵。阵列中的采样点也可以称为像素(pixel)(像素(picture element)的简称)或像素(pel)。阵列或图片在水平和垂直方向(或轴线)上的采样点数目定义图片的尺寸和/或分辨率。为了表示颜色,通常采用三个颜色分量,即图片可以表示为或包含三个采样阵列。RBG格式或颜色空间中,图片包括对应的红色、绿色及蓝色采样阵列。但是,在视频编码中,每个像素通常以亮度/色度格式或颜色空间表示,例如,YCbCr,包括Y指示的亮度分量(有时也可以用L指示) 以及Cb和Cr指示的两个色度分量。亮度(简写为luma)分量Y表示亮度或灰度水平强度(例如,在灰度等级图片中两者相同),而两个色度(简写为chroma)分量Cb和Cr表示色度或颜色信息分量。相应地,YCbCr格式的图片包括亮度采样值(Y)的亮度采样阵列,和色度值(Cb和Cr)的两个色度采样阵列。RGB格式的图片可以转换或变换为YCbCr格式,反之亦然,该过程也称为色彩变换或转换。如果图片是黑白的,该图片可以只包括亮度采样阵列。A (digital) picture is or can be regarded as a two-dimensional array or matrix of sampling points with luminance values. The sampling points in the array may also be called pixels (short for picture element) or pixels. The number of sampling points of the array or picture in the horizontal and vertical directions (or axes) defines the size and / or resolution of the picture. In order to represent color, three color components are usually used, that is, a picture can be represented as or contain three sampling arrays. In RBG format or color space, pictures include corresponding red, green, and blue sampling arrays. However, in video coding, each pixel is usually represented in a luma / chroma format or color space, for example, YCbCr, including the luma component indicated by Y (sometimes also indicated by L) and the two chroma indicated by Cb and Cr Weight. Luma (abbreviated as luma) component Y represents luminance or gray level intensity (for example, both are the same in a grayscale picture), while two chroma (abbreviated as chroma) components Cb and Cr represent chroma or color information components . Correspondingly, a picture in the YCbCr format includes a luminance sampling array of luminance sampling values (Y), and two chrominance sampling arrays of chrominance values (Cb and Cr). Pictures in RGB format can be converted or converted to YCbCr format, and vice versa. This process is also called color conversion or conversion. If the picture is black and white, the picture can include only an array of luminance samples.

图片源16(例如,视频源16)可以为,例如用于捕获图片的相机,例如图片存储器的存储器,包括或存储先前捕获或产生的图片,和/或获取或接收图片的任何类别的(内部或外部)接口。相机可以为,例如,本地的或集成在源设备中的集成相机,存储器可为本地的或例如集成在源设备中的集成存储器。接口可以为,例如,从外部视频源接收图片的外部接口,外部视频源例如为外部图片捕获设备,比如相机、外部存储器或外部图片生成设备,外部图片生成设备例如为外部计算机图形处理器、计算机或服务器。接口可以为根据任何专有或标准化接口协议的任何类别的接口,例如有线或无线接口、光接口。获取图片数据17的接口可以是与通信接口22相同的接口或是通信接口22的一部分。The picture source 16 (e.g., the video source 16) may be, for example, a camera for capturing pictures, such as a memory of a picture memory, including or storing a previously captured or generated picture, and / or any category (internal) of obtaining or receiving a picture Or external) interface. The camera may be, for example, an integrated camera that is local or integrated in the source device, and the memory may be local or, for example, an integrated memory that is integrated in the source device. The interface may be, for example, an external interface for receiving pictures from an external video source. The external video source is, for example, an external picture capture device, such as a camera, external storage, or an external picture generation device. The external picture generation device is, for example, an external computer graphics processor, Or server. The interface may be any type of interface according to any proprietary or standardized interface protocol, such as a wired or wireless interface, an optical interface. The interface for acquiring the picture data 17 may be the same interface as the communication interface 22 or a part of the communication interface 22.

区别于预处理单元18和预处理单元18执行的处理,图片或图片数据17(例如,视频数据16)也可以称为原始图片或原始图片数据17。Different from the processing performed by the pre-processing unit 18 and the pre-processing unit 18, a picture or picture data 17 (for example, video data 16) may also be referred to as an original picture or original picture data 17.

预处理单元18用于接收(原始)图片数据17并对图片数据17执行预处理,以获取经预处理的图片19或经预处理的图片数据19。例如,预处理单元18执行的预处理可以包括整修、色彩格式转换(例如,从RGB转换为YCbCr)、调色或去噪。可以理解,预处理单元18可以是可选组件。The pre-processing unit 18 is configured to receive (original) picture data 17 and perform pre-processing on the picture data 17 to obtain pre-processed pictures 19 or pre-processed picture data 19. For example, the pre-processing performed by the pre-processing unit 18 may include trimming, color format conversion (for example, conversion from RGB to YCbCr), color correction, or denoising. It is understood that the pre-processing unit 18 may be an optional component.

编码器20(例如,视频编码器20)用于接收经预处理的图片数据19并提供经编码图片数据21(下文将进一步描述细节,例如,基于图2或图4)。An encoder 20 (eg, video encoder 20) is used to receive the pre-processed picture data 19 and provide the encoded picture data 21 (details will be further described below, for example, based on FIG. 2 or FIG. 4).

源设备12的通信接口22可以用于接收经编码图片数据21并传输至其它设备,例如,目的地设备14或任何其它设备,以用于存储或直接重构,或用于在对应地存储经编码数据13和/或传输经编码数据13至其它设备之前处理经编码图片数据21,其它设备例如为目的地设备14或任何其它用于解码或存储的设备。The communication interface 22 of the source device 12 can be used to receive the encoded picture data 21 and transmit it to other devices, such as the destination device 14 or any other device, for storage or direct reconstruction, or for correspondingly storing the The encoded data 13 and / or the encoded picture data 21 are processed before transmitting the encoded data 13 to other devices, such as the destination device 14 or any other device for decoding or storage.

目的地设备14包括解码器30(例如,视频解码器30),另外亦即可选地,可以包括通信接口或通信单元28、后处理单元32和显示设备34。The destination device 14 includes a decoder 30 (for example, a video decoder 30), and in addition, optionally, it may include a communication interface or communication unit 28, a post-processing unit 32, and a display device 34.

目的地设备14的通信接口28用于例如,直接从源设备12或任何其它源接收经编码图片数据21或经编码数据13,任何其它源例如为存储设备,存储设备例如为经编码图片数据存储设备。The communication interface 28 of the destination device 14 is used, for example, to receive the encoded picture data 21 or the encoded data 13 directly from the source device 12 or any other source. Any other source is, for example, a storage device, and the storage device is, for example, encoded picture data storage. device.

通信接口22和通信接口28可以用于藉由源设备12和目的地设备14之间的直接通信链路或藉由任何类别的网络传输或接收经编码图片数据21或经编码数据13,直接通信链路例如为直接有线或无线连接,任何类别的网络例如为有线或无线网络或其任何组合,或任何类别的私网和公网,或其任何组合。The communication interface 22 and the communication interface 28 can be used for direct communication through a direct communication link between the source device 12 and the destination device 14 or transmission or reception of encoded picture data 21 or encoded data 13 through any type of network The link is, for example, a direct wired or wireless connection, and any type of network is, for example, a wired or wireless network or any combination thereof, or any type of private and public network, or any combination thereof.

通信接口22可以例如用于将经编码图片数据21封装成合适的格式,例如包,以在通 信链路或通信网络上传输。The communication interface 22 may be used, for example, to encapsulate the encoded picture data 21 into a suitable format, such as a packet, for transmission over a communication link or a communication network.

形成通信接口22的对应部分的通信接口28可以例如用于解封装经编码数据13,以获取经编码图片数据21。The communication interface 28 forming a corresponding part of the communication interface 22 may be used, for example, to decapsulate the encoded data 13 to obtain the encoded picture data 21.

通信接口22和通信接口28都可以配置为单向通信接口,如图1中用于经编码图片数据13的从源设备12指向目的地设备14的箭头所指示,或配置为双向通信接口,以及可以用于例如发送和接收消息来建立连接、确认和交换任何其它与通信链路和/或例如经编码图片数据传输的数据传输有关的信息。Both the communication interface 22 and the communication interface 28 may be configured as unidirectional communication interfaces, as indicated by the arrows for the encoded picture data 13 from the source device 12 to the destination device 14 in FIG. 1, or configured as bidirectional communication interfaces, and It can be used, for example, to send and receive messages to establish a connection, acknowledge, and exchange any other information related to a communication link and / or data transmission such as encoded picture data transmission.

解码器30用于接收经编码图片数据21并提供经解码图片数据31或经解码图片31(下文将进一步描述细节,例如,基于图3或图5)。The decoder 30 is configured to receive the encoded picture data 21 and provide the decoded picture data 31 or the decoded picture 31 (details will be further described below, for example, based on FIG. 3 or FIG. 5).

目的地设备14的后处理器32用于后处理经解码图片数据31(也称为经重构图片数据),例如,经解码图片131,以获取经后处理图片数据33,例如,经后处理图片33。后处理单元32执行的后处理可以包括,例如,色彩格式转换(例如,从YCbCr转换为RGB)、调色、整修或重采样,或任何其它处理,用于例如准备经解码图片数据31以由显示设备34显示。The post-processor 32 of the destination device 14 is used to post-process decoded picture data 31 (also referred to as reconstructed picture data), for example, decoded picture 131 to obtain post-processed picture data 33, for example, post-processed Picture 33. The post-processing performed by the post-processing unit 32 may include, for example, color format conversion (e.g., conversion from YCbCr to RGB), color correction, retouching, or resampling, or any other processing, such as preparing the decoded picture data 31 to be processed by The display device 34 displays it.

目的地设备14的显示设备34用于接收经后处理图片数据33以向例如用户或观看者显示图片。显示设备34可以为或可以包括任何类别的用于呈现经重构图片的显示器,例如,集成的或外部的显示器或监视器。例如,显示器可以包括液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD)、有机发光二极管(organic light emitting diode,OLED)显示器、等离子显示器、投影仪、微LED显示器、硅基液晶(liquid crystal on silicon,LCoS)、数字光处理器(digital light processor,DLP)或任何类别的其它显示器。The display device 34 of the destination device 14 is used to receive the post-processed picture data 33 to display a picture to, for example, a user or a viewer. The display device 34 may be or may include any kind of display for presenting a reconstructed picture, such as an integrated or external display or monitor. For example, the display may include a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display, a plasma display, a projector, a micro LED display, a liquid crystal on silicon (LCoS), Digital light processor (DLP) or any other display of any kind.

虽然图1将源设备12和目的地设备14绘示为单独的设备,但设备实施例也可以同时包括源设备12和目的地设备14或同时包括两者的功能性,即源设备12或对应的功能性以及目的地设备14或对应的功能性。在此类实施例中,可以使用相同硬件和/或软件,或使用单独的硬件和/或软件,或其任何组合来实施源设备12或对应的功能性以及目的地设备14或对应的功能性。Although FIG. 1 illustrates the source device 12 and the destination device 14 as separate devices, the device embodiment may also include the source device 12 and the destination device 14 or both, ie, the source device 12 or corresponding And the functionality of the destination device 14 or equivalent. In such embodiments, the same hardware and / or software, or separate hardware and / or software, or any combination thereof may be used to implement the source device 12 or corresponding functionality and the destination device 14 or corresponding functionality .

本领域技术人员基于描述明显可知,不同单元的功能性或图1所示的源设备12和/或目的地设备14的功能性的存在和(准确)划分可能根据实际设备和应用有所不同。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand based on the description that the existence and (exact) division of the functionality of different units or the functionality of the source device 12 and / or the destination device 14 shown in FIG. 1 may differ according to the actual device and application.

编码器20(例如,视频编码器20)和解码器30(例如,视频解码器30)都可以实施为各种合适电路中的任一个,例如,一个或多个微处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA)、离散逻辑、硬件或其任何组合。如果部分地以软件实施所述技术,则设备可将软件的指令存储于合适的非暂时性计算机可读存储介质中,且可使用一或多个处理器以硬件执行指令从而执行本公开的技术。前述内容(包含硬件、软件、硬件与软件的组合等)中的任一者可视为一或多个处理器。视频编码器20和视频解码器30中的每一个可以包含在一或多个编码器或解码器中,所述编码器或解码器中的任一个可以集成为对应设备中的组合编码器/解码器(编解码器)的一部分。Both the encoder 20 (e.g., video encoder 20) and decoder 30 (e.g., video decoder 30) may be implemented as any of a variety of suitable circuits, such as one or more microprocessors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field-programmable gate array (FPGA), discrete logic, hardware, or any combination thereof. If the technology is implemented partially in software, the device may store the software's instructions in a suitable non-transitory computer-readable storage medium, and may use one or more processors to execute the instructions in hardware to perform the techniques of the present disclosure. . Any one of the foregoing (including hardware, software, a combination of hardware and software, etc.) can be considered as one or more processors. Each of the video encoder 20 and the video decoder 30 may be included in one or more encoders or decoders, and any of the encoders or decoders may be integrated as a combined encoder / decoder in a corresponding device (Codec).

源设备12可称为视频编码设备或视频编码装置。目的地设备14可称为视频解码设备或视频解码装置。源设备12以及目的地设备14可以是视频编码设备或视频编码装置的实例。The source device 12 may be referred to as a video encoding device or a video encoding device. The destination device 14 may be referred to as a video decoding device or a video decoding device. The source device 12 and the destination device 14 may be examples of a video encoding device or a video encoding apparatus.

源设备12和目的地设备14可以包括各种设备中的任一个,包含任何类别的手持或静止设备,例如,笔记本或膝上型计算机、移动电话、智能电话、平板或平板计算机、摄像机、台式计算机、机顶盒、电视、显示设备、数字媒体播放器、视频游戏控制台、视频流式传输设备(例如内容服务服务器或内容分发服务器)、广播接收器设备、广播发射器设备等,并可以不使用或使用任何类别的操作系统。Source device 12 and destination device 14 may include any of a variety of devices, including any type of handheld or stationary device, such as a notebook or laptop computer, mobile phone, smartphone, tablet or tablet computer, video camera, desktop Computer, set-top box, TV, display device, digital media player, video game console, video streaming device (such as content service server or content distribution server), broadcast receiver device, broadcast transmitter device, etc., and may not be used Or use any kind of operating system.

在一些情况下,源设备12和目的地设备14可以经装备以用于无线通信。因此,源设备12和目的地设备14可以为无线通信设备。In some cases, source device 12 and destination device 14 may be equipped for wireless communication. Therefore, the source device 12 and the destination device 14 may be wireless communication devices.

在一些情况下,图1中所示视频编码系统10仅为示例,本申请的技术可以适用于不必包含编码和解码设备之间的任何数据通信的视频编码设置(例如,视频编码或视频解码)。在其它实例中,数据可从本地存储器检索、在网络上流式传输等。视频编码设备可以对数据进行编码并且将数据存储到存储器,和/或视频解码设备可以从存储器检索数据并且对数据进行解码。在一些实例中,由并不彼此通信而是仅编码数据到存储器和/或从存储器检索数据且解码数据的设备执行编码和解码。In some cases, the video encoding system 10 shown in FIG. 1 is merely an example, and the techniques of the present application may be applicable to a video encoding setting (eg, video encoding or video decoding) that does not necessarily include any data communication between encoding and decoding devices. . In other examples, data may be retrieved from local storage, streamed over a network, and the like. The video encoding device may encode the data and store the data to a memory, and / or the video decoding device may retrieve the data from the memory and decode the data. In some examples, encoding and decoding are performed by devices that do not communicate with each other, but only encode data to and / or retrieve data from memory and decode data.

应理解,对于以上参考视频编码器20所描述的实例中的每一个,视频解码器30可以用于执行相反过程。关于信令语法元素,视频解码器30可以用于接收并解析这种语法元素,相应地解码相关视频数据。在一些例子中,视频编码器20可以将一个或多个定义……的语法元素熵编码成经编码视频比特流。在此类实例中,视频解码器30可以解析这种语法元素,并相应地解码相关视频数据。It should be understood that for each of the examples described above with reference to video encoder 20, video decoder 30 may be used to perform the reverse process. Regarding signaling syntax elements, video decoder 30 may be used to receive and parse such syntax elements, and decode related video data accordingly. In some examples, video encoder 20 may entropy encode one or more syntax elements that define ... into an encoded video bitstream. In such examples, video decoder 30 may parse such syntax elements and decode related video data accordingly.

编码器&编码方法Encoder & encoding method

图2示出用于实现本申请(公开)技术的视频编码器20的实例的示意性/概念性框图。在图2的实例中,视频编码器20包括残差计算单元204、变换处理单元206、量化单元208、逆量化单元210、逆变换处理单元212、重构单元214、缓冲器216、环路滤波器单元220、经解码图片缓冲器(decoded picture buffer,DPB)230、预测处理单元260和熵编码单元270。预测处理单元260可以包含帧间预测单元244、帧内预测单元254和模式选择单元262。帧间预测单元244可以包含运动估计单元和运动补偿单元(未图示)。图2所示的视频编码器20也可以称为混合型视频编码器或根据混合型视频编解码器的视频编码器。FIG. 2 shows a schematic / conceptual block diagram of an example of a video encoder 20 for implementing the technology of the present (disclosed) application. In the example of FIG. 2, the video encoder 20 includes a residual calculation unit 204, a transformation processing unit 206, a quantization unit 208, an inverse quantization unit 210, an inverse transformation processing unit 212, a reconstruction unit 214, a buffer 216, and a loop filter. A decoder unit 220, a decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230, a prediction processing unit 260, and an entropy encoding unit 270. The prediction processing unit 260 may include an inter prediction unit 244, an intra prediction unit 254, and a mode selection unit 262. The inter prediction unit 244 may include a motion estimation unit and a motion compensation unit (not shown). The video encoder 20 shown in FIG. 2 may also be referred to as a hybrid video encoder or a video encoder according to a hybrid video codec.

例如,残差计算单元204、变换处理单元206、量化单元208、预测处理单元260和熵编码单元270形成编码器20的前向信号路径,而例如逆量化单元210、逆变换处理单元212、重构单元214、缓冲器216、环路滤波器220、经解码图片缓冲器(decoded picture buffer,DPB)230、预测处理单元260形成编码器的后向信号路径,其中编码器的后向信号路径对应于解码器的信号路径(参见图3中的解码器30)。For example, the residual calculation unit 204, the transformation processing unit 206, the quantization unit 208, the prediction processing unit 260, and the entropy encoding unit 270 form the forward signal path of the encoder 20, while the inverse quantization unit 210, the inverse transformation processing unit 212, The constructing unit 214, the buffer 216, the loop filter 220, the decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230, and the prediction processing unit 260 form a backward signal path of the encoder, wherein the backward signal path of the encoder corresponds to To the decoder's signal path (see decoder 30 in Figure 3).

编码器20通过例如输入202,接收图片201或图片201的块203,例如,形成视频或视频序列的图片序列中的图片。图片块203也可以称为当前图片块或待编码图片块,图片 201可以称为当前图片或待编码图片(尤其是在视频编码中将当前图片与其它图片区分开时,其它图片例如同一视频序列亦即也包括当前图片的视频序列中的先前经编码和/或经解码图片)。The encoder 20 receives a picture 201 or a block 203 of the picture 201 through, for example, an input 202, for example, a picture in a picture sequence forming a video or a video sequence. The picture block 203 can also be called the current picture block or the picture block to be encoded, and the picture 201 can be called the current picture or the picture to be encoded (especially when the current picture is distinguished from other pictures in video encoding, other pictures such as the same video sequence (Ie previously encoded and / or decoded pictures in the video sequence of the current picture).

分割segmentation

编码器20的实施例可以包括分割单元(图2中未绘示),用于将图片201分割成多个例如块203的块,通常分割成多个不重叠的块。分割单元可以用于对视频序列中所有图片使用相同的块大小以及定义块大小的对应栅格,或用于在图片或子集或图片群组之间更改块大小,并将每个图片分割成对应的块。An embodiment of the encoder 20 may include a segmentation unit (not shown in FIG. 2) for segmenting the picture 201 into multiple blocks, such as the block 203, and generally into multiple non-overlapping blocks. The segmentation unit can be used to use the same block size and corresponding raster to define the block size for all pictures in the video sequence, or to change the block size between pictures or subsets or groups of pictures, and split each picture into Corresponding block.

在一个实例中,视频编码器20的预测处理单元260可以用于执行上述分割技术的任何组合。In one example, the prediction processing unit 260 of the video encoder 20 may be used to perform any combination of the aforementioned segmentation techniques.

如图片201,块203也是或可以视为具有亮度值(采样值)的采样点的二维阵列或矩阵,虽然其尺寸比图片201小。换句话说,块203可以包括,例如,一个采样阵列(例如黑白图片201情况下的亮度阵列)或三个采样阵列(例如,彩色图片情况下的一个亮度阵列和两个色度阵列)或依据所应用的色彩格式的任何其它数目和/或类别的阵列。块203的水平和垂直方向(或轴线)上采样点的数目定义块203的尺寸。Like picture 201, block 203 is also or can be regarded as a two-dimensional array or matrix of sampling points with brightness values (sampling values), although its size is smaller than picture 201. In other words, the block 203 may include, for example, one sampling array (e.g., a luminance array in the case of a black and white picture 201) or three sampling arrays (e.g., one luminance array and two chroma arrays in the case of a color picture) or a basis An array of any other number and / or category of color formats applied. The number of sampling points in the horizontal and vertical directions (or axes) of the block 203 defines the size of the block 203.

如图2所示的编码器20用于逐块编码图片201,例如,对每个块203执行编码和预测。The encoder 20 shown in FIG. 2 is used to encode a picture 201 block by block, for example, performing encoding and prediction on each block 203.

残差计算Residual calculation

残差计算单元204用于基于图片块203和预测块265(下文提供预测块265的其它细节)计算残差块205,例如,通过逐样本(逐像素)将图片块203的样本值减去预测块265的样本值,以在样本域中获取残差块205。The residual calculation unit 204 is configured to calculate the residual block 205 based on the picture block 203 and the prediction block 265 (the other details of the prediction block 265 are provided below). For example, the sample value of the picture block 203 is subtracted from the prediction by sample-by-sample (pixel-by-pixel). Sample values of block 265 to obtain residual block 205 in the sample domain.

变换Transform

变换处理单元206用于在残差块205的样本值上应用例如离散余弦变换(discrete cosine transform,DCT)或离散正弦变换(discrete sine transform,DST)的变换,以在变换域中获取变换系数207。变换系数207也可以称为变换残差系数,并在变换域中表示残差块205。The transform processing unit 206 is configured to apply a transform such as discrete cosine transform (DCT) or discrete sine transform (DST) on the sample values of the residual block 205 to obtain transform coefficients 207 in the transform domain. . The transform coefficient 207 may also be referred to as a transform residual coefficient, and represents a residual block 205 in a transform domain.

变换处理单元206可以用于应用DCT/DST的整数近似值,例如为HEVC/H.265指定的变换。与正交DCT变换相比,这种整数近似值通常由某一因子按比例缩放。为了维持经正变换和逆变换处理的残差块的范数,应用额外比例缩放因子作为变换过程的一部分。比例缩放因子通常是基于某些约束条件选择的,例如,比例缩放因子是用于移位运算的2的幂、变换系数的位深度、准确性和实施成本之间的权衡等。例如,在解码器30侧通过例如逆变换处理单元212为逆变换(以及在编码器20侧通过例如逆变换处理单元212为对应逆变换)指定具体比例缩放因子,以及相应地,可以在编码器20侧通过变换处理单元206为正变换指定对应比例缩放因子。The transform processing unit 206 may be used to apply an integer approximation of DCT / DST, such as the transform specified for HEVC / H.265. Compared to an orthogonal DCT transform, this integer approximation is usually scaled by a factor. To maintain the norm of the residual blocks processed by the forward and inverse transforms, an additional scaling factor is applied as part of the transform process. The scaling factor is usually selected based on certain constraints, for example, the scaling factor is a power of two used for shift operations, the bit depth of the transform coefficients, the trade-off between accuracy, and implementation cost. For example, a specific scaling factor is specified on the decoder 30 side by, for example, the inverse transform processing unit 212 (and on the encoder 20 side by, for example, the inverse transform processing unit 212 as the corresponding inverse transform), and accordingly, the The 20 side specifies a corresponding scaling factor for the positive transformation through the transformation processing unit 206.

量化Quantify

量化单元208用于例如通过应用标量量化或向量量化来量化变换系数207,以获取经 量化变换系数209。经量化变换系数209也可以称为经量化残差系数209。量化过程可以减少与部分或全部变换系数207有关的位深度。例如,可在量化期间将n位变换系数向下舍入到m位变换系数,其中n大于m。可通过调整量化参数(quantization parameter,QP)修改量化程度。例如,对于标量量化,可以应用不同的标度来实现较细或较粗的量化。较小量化步长对应较细量化,而较大量化步长对应较粗量化。可以通过量化参数(quantization parameter,QP)指示合适的量化步长。例如,量化参数可以为合适的量化步长的预定义集合的索引。例如,较小的量化参数可以对应精细量化(较小量化步长),较大量化参数可以对应粗糙量化(较大量化步长),反之亦然。量化可以包含除以量化步长以及例如通过逆量化210执行的对应的量化或逆量化,或者可以包含乘以量化步长。根据例如HEVC的一些标准的实施例可以使用量化参数来确定量化步长。一般而言,可以基于量化参数使用包含除法的等式的定点近似来计算量化步长。可以引入额外比例缩放因子来进行量化和反量化,以恢复可能由于在用于量化步长和量化参数的等式的定点近似中使用的标度而修改的残差块的范数。在一个实例实施方式中,可以合并逆变换和反量化的标度。或者,可以使用自定义量化表并在例如比特流中将其从编码器通过信号发送到解码器。量化是有损操作,其中量化步长越大,损耗越大。The quantization unit 208 is used to quantize the transform coefficient 207, for example, by applying scalar quantization or vector quantization to obtain the quantized transform coefficient 209. The quantized transform coefficient 209 may also be referred to as a quantized residual coefficient 209. The quantization process can reduce the bit depth associated with some or all of the transform coefficients 207. For example, n-bit transform coefficients may be rounded down to m-bit transform coefficients during quantization, where n is greater than m. The degree of quantization can be modified by adjusting the quantization parameter (QP). For scalar quantization, for example, different scales can be applied to achieve finer or coarser quantization. A smaller quantization step size corresponds to a finer quantization, while a larger quantization step size corresponds to a coarser quantization. An appropriate quantization step size can be indicated by a quantization parameter (QP). For example, the quantization parameter may be an index of a predefined set of suitable quantization steps. For example, smaller quantization parameters may correspond to fine quantization (smaller quantization step size), larger quantization parameters may correspond to coarse quantization (larger quantization step size), and vice versa. Quantization may include division by a quantization step size and corresponding quantization or inverse quantization performed, for example, by inverse quantization 210, or may include multiplication by a quantization step size. Embodiments according to some standards such as HEVC may use quantization parameters to determine the quantization step size. In general, the quantization step size can be calculated using a fixed-point approximation using an equation containing division based on the quantization parameter. Additional scaling factors may be introduced for quantization and inverse quantization to restore the norm of the residual block that may be modified due to the scale used in the fixed-point approximation of the equation for the quantization step size and quantization parameter. In one example embodiment, inverse transform and inverse quantization scales can be combined. Alternatively, a custom quantization table can be used and signaled from the encoder to the decoder in, for example, a bitstream. Quantization is a lossy operation, where the larger the quantization step, the greater the loss.

逆量化单元210用于在经量化系数上应用量化单元208的逆量化,以获取经反量化系数211,例如,基于或使用与量化单元208相同的量化步长,应用量化单元208应用的量化方案的逆量化方案。经反量化系数211也可以称为经反量化残差系数211,对应于变换系数207,虽然由于量化造成的损耗通常与变换系数不相同。The inverse quantization unit 210 is configured to apply the inverse quantization of the quantization unit 208 on the quantized coefficients to obtain the inverse quantized coefficients 211. For example, based on or using the same quantization step size as the quantization unit 208, apply the quantization scheme applied by the quantization unit 208 Inverse quantization scheme. The dequantized coefficient 211 may also be referred to as a dequantized residual coefficient 211, which corresponds to the transform coefficient 207, although the loss due to quantization is usually different from the transform coefficient.

逆变换处理单元212用于应用变换处理单元206应用的变换的逆变换,例如,逆离散余弦变换(discrete cosine transform,DCT)或逆离散正弦变换(discrete sine transform,DST),以在样本域中获取逆变换块213。逆变换块213也可以称为逆变换经反量化块213或逆变换残差块213。The inverse transform processing unit 212 is used to apply an inverse transform of the transform applied by the transform processing unit 206, for example, an inverse discrete cosine transform (DCT) or an inverse discrete sine transform (DST), so that Obtain an inverse transform block 213. The inverse transform block 213 may also be referred to as an inverse transform inverse quantized block 213 or an inverse transform residual block 213.

重构单元214(例如,求和器214)用于将逆变换块213(即经重构残差块213)添加至预测块265,以在样本域中获取经重构块215,例如,将经重构残差块213的样本值与预测块265的样本值相加。The reconstruction unit 214 (for example, the summer 214) is used to add the inverse transform block 213 (that is, the reconstructed residual block 213) to the prediction block 265 to obtain the reconstructed block 215 in the sample domain. For example, The sample values of the reconstructed residual block 213 are added to the sample values of the prediction block 265.

可选地,例如线缓冲器216的缓冲器单元216(或简称“缓冲器”216)用于缓冲或存储经重构块215和对应的样本值,用于例如帧内预测。在其它的实施例中,编码器可以用于使用存储在缓冲器单元216中的未经滤波的经重构块和/或对应的样本值来进行任何类别的估计和/或预测,例如帧内预测。Optionally, a buffer unit 216 (or simply "buffer" 216), such as a line buffer 216, is used to buffer or store the reconstructed block 215 and corresponding sample values, for example, for intra prediction. In other embodiments, the encoder may be used to use any unfiltered reconstructed block and / or corresponding sample values stored in the buffer unit 216 for any category of estimation and / or prediction, such as intra-frame prediction.

例如,编码器20的实施例可以经配置以使得缓冲器单元216不只用于存储用于帧内预测254的经重构块215,也用于环路滤波器单元220(在图2中未示出),和/或,例如使得缓冲器单元216和经解码图片缓冲器单元230形成一个缓冲器。其它实施例可以用于将经滤波块221和/或来自经解码图片缓冲器230的块或样本(图2中均未示出)用作帧内预测254的输入或基础。For example, an embodiment of the encoder 20 may be configured such that the buffer unit 216 is used not only for storing the reconstructed block 215 for intra prediction 254, but also for the loop filter unit 220 (not shown in FIG. 2). Out), and / or, for example, to make the buffer unit 216 and the decoded picture buffer unit 230 form a buffer. Other embodiments may be used to use the filtered block 221 and / or blocks or samples from the decoded picture buffer 230 (neither shown in FIG. 2) as the input or basis for the intra prediction 254.

环路滤波器单元220(或简称“环路滤波器”220)用于对经重构块215进行滤波以获 取经滤波块221,从而顺利进行像素转变或提高视频质量。环路滤波器单元220旨在表示一个或多个环路滤波器,例如去块滤波器、样本自适应偏移(sample-adaptive offset,SAO)滤波器或其它滤波器,例如双边滤波器、自适应环路滤波器(adaptive loop filter,ALF),或锐化或平滑滤波器,或协同滤波器。尽管环路滤波器单元220在图2中示出为环内滤波器,但在其它配置中,环路滤波器单元220可实施为环后滤波器。经滤波块221也可以称为经滤波的经重构块221。经解码图片缓冲器230可以在环路滤波器单元220对经重构编码块执行滤波操作之后存储经重构编码块。The loop filter unit 220 (or "loop filter" 220 for short) is used to filter the reconstructed block 215 to obtain the filtered block 221, so as to smoothly perform pixel conversion or improve video quality. The loop filter unit 220 is intended to represent one or more loop filters, such as a deblocking filter, a sample-adaptive offset (SAO) filter, or other filters, such as a bilateral filter, Adaptive loop filters (adaptive loop filters, ALF), or sharpening or smoothing filters, or cooperative filters. Although the loop filter unit 220 is shown as an in-loop filter in FIG. 2, in other configurations, the loop filter unit 220 may be implemented as a post-loop filter. The filtered block 221 may also be referred to as a filtered reconstructed block 221. The decoded picture buffer 230 may store the reconstructed encoded block after the loop filter unit 220 performs a filtering operation on the reconstructed encoded block.

编码器20(对应地,环路滤波器单元220)的实施例可以用于输出环路滤波器参数(例如,样本自适应偏移信息),例如,直接输出或由熵编码单元270或任何其它熵编码单元熵编码后输出,例如使得解码器30可以接收并应用相同的环路滤波器参数用于解码。An embodiment of the encoder 20 (correspondingly, the loop filter unit 220) may be used to output loop filter parameters (e.g., sample adaptive offset information), for example, directly output or by the entropy coding unit 270 or any other The entropy coding unit outputs after entropy coding, for example, so that the decoder 30 can receive and apply the same loop filter parameters for decoding.

经解码图片缓冲器(decoded picture buffer,DPB)230可以为存储参考图片数据供视频编码器20编码视频数据之用的参考图片存储器。DPB 230可由多种存储器设备中的任一个形成,例如动态随机存储器(dynamic random access memory,DRAM)(包含同步DRAM(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、磁阻式RAM(magnetoresistive RAM,MRAM)、电阻式RAM(resistive RAM,RRAM))或其它类型的存储器设备。可以由同一存储器设备或单独的存储器设备提供DPB 230和缓冲器216。在某一实例中,经解码图片缓冲器(decoded picture buffer,DPB)230用于存储经滤波块221。经解码图片缓冲器230可以进一步用于存储同一当前图片或例如先前经重构图片的不同图片的其它先前的经滤波块,例如先前经重构和经滤波块221,以及可以提供完整的先前经重构亦即经解码图片(和对应参考块和样本)和/或部分经重构当前图片(和对应参考块和样本),例如用于帧间预测。在某一实例中,如果经重构块215无需环内滤波而得以重构,则经解码图片缓冲器(decoded picture buffer,DPB)230用于存储经重构块215。The decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 may be a reference picture memory that stores reference picture data for the video encoder 20 to encode video data. DPB 230 can be formed by any of a variety of memory devices, such as dynamic random access (DRAM) (including synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), magnetoresistive RAM (MRAM), and resistive RAM (resistive RAM, RRAM)) or other types of memory devices. The DPB 230 and the buffer 216 may be provided by the same memory device or separate memory devices. In a certain example, a decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 is used to store the filtered block 221. The decoded picture buffer 230 may be further used to store other previous filtered blocks of the same current picture or different pictures such as previously reconstructed pictures, such as the previously reconstructed and filtered block 221, and may provide a complete previous Reconstruction is the decoded picture (and corresponding reference blocks and samples) and / or part of the reconstructed current picture (and corresponding reference blocks and samples), for example for inter prediction. In a certain example, if the reconstructed block 215 is reconstructed without in-loop filtering, a decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 is used to store the reconstructed block 215.

预测处理单元260,也称为块预测处理单元260,用于接收或获取块203(当前图片201的当前块203)和经重构图片数据,例如来自缓冲器216的同一(当前)图片的参考样本和/或来自经解码图片缓冲器230的一个或多个先前经解码图片的参考图片数据231,以及用于处理这类数据进行预测,即提供可以为经帧间预测块245或经帧内预测块255的预测块265。Prediction processing unit 260, also referred to as block prediction processing unit 260, is used to receive or obtain block 203 (current block 203 of current picture 201) and reconstructed picture data, such as a reference to the same (current) picture from buffer 216 Samples and / or reference picture data 231 from one or more previously decoded pictures from the decoded picture buffer 230, and used to process such data for prediction, i.e., may be provided as inter-predicted blocks 245 or intra- Prediction block 265 of prediction block 255.

模式选择单元262可以用于选择预测模式(例如帧内或帧间预测模式)和/或对应的用作预测块265的预测块245或255,以计算残差块205和重构经重构块215。The mode selection unit 262 may be used to select a prediction mode (such as an intra or inter prediction mode) and / or a corresponding prediction block 245 or 255 used as the prediction block 265 to calculate the residual block 205 and reconstruct the reconstructed block 215.

模式选择单元262的实施例可以用于选择预测模式(例如,从预测处理单元260所支持的那些预测模式中选择),所述预测模式提供最佳匹配或者说最小残差(最小残差意味着传输或存储中更好的压缩),或提供最小信令开销(最小信令开销意味着传输或存储中更好的压缩),或同时考虑或平衡以上两者。模式选择单元262可以用于基于码率失真优化(rate distortion optimization,RDO)确定预测模式,即选择提供最小码率失真优化的预测模式,或选择相关码率失真至少满足预测模式选择标准的预测模式。An embodiment of the mode selection unit 262 may be used to select a prediction mode (e.g., selected from those prediction modes supported by the prediction processing unit 260) that provides the best match or minimum residual (minimum residual means Better compression in transmission or storage), or provide minimal signaling overhead (minimum signaling overhead means better compression in transmission or storage), or consider or balance both. The mode selection unit 262 may be used to determine a prediction mode based on rate distortion optimization (RDO), that is, to select a prediction mode that provides the minimum code rate distortion optimization, or to select a prediction mode whose related code rate distortion meets the prediction mode selection criteria .

下文将详细解释编码器20的实例(例如,通过预测处理单元260)执行的预测处理和 (例如,通过模式选择单元262)执行的模式选择。The prediction processing performed by an example of the encoder 20 (e.g., by the prediction processing unit 260) and mode selection (e.g., by the mode selection unit 262) will be explained in detail below.

如上文所述,编码器20用于从(预先确定的)预测模式集合中确定或选择最好或最优的预测模式。预测模式集合可以包括例如帧内预测模式和/或帧间预测模式。As described above, the encoder 20 is used to determine or select the best or optimal prediction mode from a set of (predetermined) prediction modes. The prediction mode set may include, for example, an intra prediction mode and / or an inter prediction mode.

帧内预测模式集合可以包括35种不同的帧内预测模式,例如,如DC(或均值)模式和平面模式的非方向性模式,或如H.265中定义的方向性模式,或者可以包括67种不同的帧内预测模式,例如,如DC(或均值)模式和平面模式的非方向性模式,或如正在发展中的H.266中定义的方向性模式。The set of intra prediction modes may include 35 different intra prediction modes, for example, non-directional modes such as DC (or average) mode and planar mode, or directional modes as defined in H.265, or may include 67 Different intra prediction modes, such as non-directional modes such as DC (or mean) mode and planar mode, or directional modes as defined in the developing H.266.

(可能的)帧间预测模式集合取决于可用参考图片(即,例如前述存储在DBP 230中的至少部分经解码图片)和其它帧间预测参数,例如取决于是否使用整个参考图片或只使用参考图片的一部分,例如围绕当前块的区域的搜索窗区域,来搜索最佳匹配参考块,和/或例如取决于是否应用如半像素和/或四分之一像素内插的像素内插。The set of (possible) inter-prediction modes depends on the available reference pictures (i.e., at least part of the decoded pictures previously stored in DBP 230) and other inter-prediction parameters, such as whether to use the entire reference picture or only the reference A part of the picture, such as a search window area surrounding the area of the current block, searches for the best matching reference block, and / or depends on, for example, whether pixel interpolation such as half-pixel and / or quarter-pixel interpolation is applied.

除了以上预测模式,也可以应用跳过模式和/或直接模式。In addition to the above prediction modes, a skip mode and / or a direct mode can also be applied.

预测处理单元260可以进一步用于将块203分割成较小的块分区或子块,例如,通过迭代使用四叉树(quad-tree,QT)分割、二叉树(binary-tree,BT)分割或三叉树(triple-tree or ternary-tree,TT)分割,或其任何组合,以及用于例如为块分区或子块中的每一个执行预测,其中模式选择包括选择分割的块203的树结构和选择应用于块分区或子块中的每一个的预测模式。The prediction processing unit 260 may be further configured to divide the block 203 into smaller block partitions or sub-blocks, for example, using a quad-tree (QT) partition, a binary-tree (BT) partition, or a triple fork by iteration. Tree-triple-ternary-tree (TT) segmentation, or any combination thereof, and for performing predictions, for example, for each of block partitions or sub-blocks, where mode selection includes the tree structure and selection of the partitioned block 203 A prediction mode applied to each of a block partition or a sub-block.

帧间预测单元244可以包含运动估计(motion estimation,ME)单元(图2中未示出)和运动补偿(motion compensation,MC)单元(图2中未示出)。运动估计单元用于接收或获取图片块203(当前图片201的当前图片块203)和经解码图片231,或至少一个或多个先前经重构块,例如,一个或多个其它/不同先前经解码图片231的经重构块,来进行运动估计。例如,视频序列可以包括当前图片和先前经解码图片31,或换句话说,当前图片和先前经解码图片31可以是形成视频序列的图片序列的一部分,或者形成该图片序列。The inter prediction unit 244 may include a motion estimation (ME) unit (not shown in FIG. 2) and a motion compensation (MC) unit (not shown in FIG. 2). The motion estimation unit is configured to receive or obtain picture block 203 (current picture block 203 of current picture 201) and decoded picture 231, or at least one or more previously reconstructed blocks, for example, one or more other / different previous The reconstructed block of picture 231 is decoded for motion estimation. For example, the video sequence may include the current picture and the previously decoded picture 31, or in other words, the current picture and the previously decoded picture 31 may be part of the picture sequence forming the video sequence or form the picture sequence.

例如,编码器20可以用于从多个其它图片中的同一或不同图片的多个参考块中选择参考块,并向运动估计单元(图2中未示出)提供参考图片(或参考图片索引)和/或提供参考块的位置(X、Y坐标)与当前块的位置之间的偏移(空间偏移)作为帧间预测参数。该偏移也称为运动向量(motion vector,MV)。For example, the encoder 20 may be used to select a reference block from multiple reference blocks of the same or different pictures in multiple other pictures, and provide a reference picture (or reference picture index) to a motion estimation unit (not shown in FIG. 2). ) And / or provide an offset (spatial offset) between the position (X, Y coordinates) of the reference block and the position of the current block as an inter prediction parameter. This offset is also called a motion vector (MV).

运动补偿单元用于获取,例如接收帧间预测参数,并基于或使用帧间预测参数执行帧间预测来获取帧间预测块245。由运动补偿单元(图2中未示出)执行的运动补偿可以包含基于通过运动估计(可能执行对子像素精确度的内插)确定的运动/块向量取出或生成预测块。内插滤波可从已知像素样本产生额外像素样本,从而潜在地增加可用于编码图片块的候选预测块的数目。一旦接收到用于当前图片块的PU的运动向量,运动补偿单元246可以在一个参考图片列表中定位运动向量指向的预测块。运动补偿单元246还可以生成与块和视频条带相关联的语法元素,以供视频解码器30在解码视频条带的图片块时使用。The motion compensation unit is used for obtaining, for example, receiving inter prediction parameters, and performing inter prediction based on or using the inter prediction parameters to obtain the inter prediction block 245. Motion compensation performed by a motion compensation unit (not shown in FIG. 2) may include taking out or generating a prediction block based on a motion / block vector determined through motion estimation (possibly performing interpolation on sub-pixel accuracy). Interpolation filtering can generate additional pixel samples from known pixel samples, potentially increasing the number of candidate prediction blocks that can be used to encode picture blocks. Upon receiving the motion vector of the PU for the current picture block, the motion compensation unit 246 may locate the prediction block pointed to by the motion vector in a reference picture list. Motion compensation unit 246 may also generate syntax elements associated with blocks and video slices for use by video decoder 30 when decoding picture blocks of video slices.

帧内预测单元254用于获取,例如接收同一图片的图片块203(当前图片块)和一个或多个先前经重构块,例如经重构相邻块,以进行帧内估计。例如,编码器20可以用于从 多个(预定)帧内预测模式中选择帧内预测模式。The intra prediction unit 254 is configured to obtain, for example, a picture block 203 (current picture block) and one or more previously reconstructed blocks, such as reconstructed neighboring blocks, that receive the same picture for intra estimation. For example, the encoder 20 may be used to select an intra prediction mode from a plurality of (predetermined) intra prediction modes.

编码器20的实施例可以用于基于优化标准选择帧内预测模式,例如基于最小残差(例如,提供最类似于当前图片块203的预测块255的帧内预测模式)或最小码率失真。Embodiments of the encoder 20 may be used to select an intra-prediction mode based on an optimization criterion, such as based on a minimum residual (eg, an intra-prediction mode that provides a prediction block 255 most similar to the current picture block 203) or a minimum code rate distortion.

帧内预测单元254进一步用于基于如所选择的帧内预测模式的帧内预测参数确定帧内预测块255。在任何情况下,在选择用于块的帧内预测模式之后,帧内预测单元254还用于向熵编码单元270提供帧内预测参数,即提供指示所选择的用于块的帧内预测模式的信息。在一个实例中,帧内预测单元254可以用于执行下文描述的帧内预测技术的任意组合。The intra prediction unit 254 is further configured to determine the intra prediction block 255 based on the intra prediction parameters of the intra prediction mode as selected. In any case, after selecting the intra prediction mode for the block, the intra prediction unit 254 is further configured to provide the intra prediction parameters to the entropy encoding unit 270, that is, to provide an indication of the selected intra prediction mode for the block. Information. In one example, the intra prediction unit 254 may be used to perform any combination of intra prediction techniques described below.

熵编码单元270用于将熵编码算法或方案(例如,可变长度编码(variable length coding,VLC)方案、上下文自适应VLC(context adaptive VLC,CAVLC)方案、算术编码方案、上下文自适应二进制算术编码(context adaptive binary arithmetic coding,CABAC)、基于语法的上下文自适应二进制算术编码(syntax-based context-adaptive binary arithmetic coding,SBAC)、概率区间分割熵(probability interval partitioning entropy,PIPE)编码或其它熵编码方法或技术)应用于经量化残差系数209、帧间预测参数、帧内预测参数和/或环路滤波器参数中的单个或所有上(或不应用),以获取可以通过输出272以例如经编码比特流21的形式输出的经编码图片数据21。可以将经编码比特流传输到视频解码器30,或将其存档稍后由视频解码器30传输或检索。熵编码单元270还可用于熵编码正被编码的当前视频条带的其它语法元素。The entropy coding unit 270 is configured to apply an entropy coding algorithm or scheme (for example, a variable length coding (VLC) scheme, a context adaptive VLC (context adaptive VLC, CAVLC) scheme, an arithmetic coding scheme, and a context adaptive binary arithmetic Coding (context, adaptive binary coding, CABAC), syntax-based context-adaptive binary arithmetic coding (SBAC), probability interval partitioning entropy (PIPE) coding, or other entropy Encoding method or technique) applied to one or all of the quantized residual coefficients 209, inter prediction parameters, intra prediction parameters, and / or loop filter parameters (or not applied) to obtain The encoded picture data 21 is output in the form of, for example, an encoded bit stream 21. The encoded bitstream may be transmitted to video decoder 30 or archived for later transmission or retrieval by video decoder 30. The entropy encoding unit 270 may also be used to entropy encode other syntax elements of the current video slice that is being encoded.

视频编码器20的其它结构变型可用于编码视频流。例如,基于非变换的编码器20可以在没有针对某些块或帧的变换处理单元206的情况下直接量化残差信号。在另一实施方式中,编码器20可具有组合成单个单元的量化单元208和逆量化单元210。Other structural variations of video encoder 20 may be used to encode a video stream. For example, the non-transform-based encoder 20 may directly quantize the residual signal without a transform processing unit 206 for certain blocks or frames. In another embodiment, the encoder 20 may have a quantization unit 208 and an inverse quantization unit 210 combined into a single unit.

图3示出示例性视频解码器30,用于实现本申请的技术。视频解码器30用于接收例如由编码器20编码的经编码图片数据(例如,经编码比特流)21,以获取经解码图片231。在解码过程期间,视频解码器30从视频编码器20接收视频数据,例如表示经编码视频条带的图片块的经编码视频比特流及相关联的语法元素。FIG. 3 illustrates an exemplary video decoder 30 for implementing the techniques of the present application. The video decoder 30 is configured to receive, for example, encoded picture data (eg, an encoded bit stream) 21 encoded by the encoder 20 to obtain a decoded picture 231. During the decoding process, video decoder 30 receives video data from video encoder 20, such as an encoded video bitstream and associated syntax elements representing picture blocks of encoded video slices.

在图3的实例中,解码器30包括熵解码单元304、逆量化单元310、逆变换处理单元312、重构单元314(例如求和器314)、缓冲器316、环路滤波器320、经解码图片缓冲器330以及预测处理单元360。预测处理单元360可以包含帧间预测单元344、帧内预测单元354和模式选择单元362。在一些实例中,视频解码器30可执行大体上与参照图2的视频编码器20描述的编码遍次互逆的解码遍次。In the example of FIG. 3, the decoder 30 includes an entropy decoding unit 304, an inverse quantization unit 310, an inverse transform processing unit 312, a reconstruction unit 314 (such as a summer 314), a buffer 316, a loop filter 320, The decoded picture buffer 330 and the prediction processing unit 360. The prediction processing unit 360 may include an inter prediction unit 344, an intra prediction unit 354, and a mode selection unit 362. In some examples, video decoder 30 may perform a decoding pass that is substantially inverse to the encoding pass described with reference to video encoder 20 of FIG. 2.

熵解码单元304用于对经编码图片数据21执行熵解码,以获取例如经量化系数309和/或经解码的编码参数(图3中未示出),例如,帧间预测、帧内预测参数、环路滤波器参数和/或其它语法元素中(经解码)的任意一个或全部。熵解码单元304进一步用于将帧间预测参数、帧内预测参数和/或其它语法元素转发至预测处理单元360。视频解码器30可接收视频条带层级和/或视频块层级的语法元素。The entropy decoding unit 304 is configured to perform entropy decoding on the encoded picture data 21 to obtain, for example, quantized coefficients 309 and / or decoded encoding parameters (not shown in FIG. 3), for example, inter prediction, intra prediction parameters , (Filtered) any or all of the loop filter parameters and / or other syntax elements. The entropy decoding unit 304 is further configured to forward the inter prediction parameters, the intra prediction parameters, and / or other syntax elements to the prediction processing unit 360. Video decoder 30 may receive syntax elements at the video slice level and / or the video block level.

逆量化单元310功能上可与逆量化单元110相同,逆变换处理单元312功能上可与逆变换处理单元212相同,重构单元314功能上可与重构单元214相同,缓冲器316功能上 可与缓冲器216相同,环路滤波器320功能上可与环路滤波器220相同,经解码图片缓冲器330功能上可与经解码图片缓冲器230相同。The inverse quantization unit 310 may be functionally the same as the inverse quantization unit 110, the inverse transformation processing unit 312 may be functionally the same as the inverse transformation processing unit 212, the reconstruction unit 314 may be functionally the same as the reconstruction unit 214, and the buffer 316 may be functionally Like the buffer 216, the loop filter 320 may be functionally the same as the loop filter 220, and the decoded picture buffer 330 may be functionally the same as the decoded picture buffer 230.

预测处理单元360可以包括帧间预测单元344和帧内预测单元354,其中帧间预测单元344功能上可以类似于帧间预测单元244,帧内预测单元354功能上可以类似于帧内预测单元254。预测处理单元360通常用于执行块预测和/或从经编码数据21获取预测块365,以及从例如熵解码单元304(显式地或隐式地)接收或获取预测相关参数和/或关于所选择的预测模式的信息。The prediction processing unit 360 may include an inter prediction unit 344 and an intra prediction unit 354. The inter prediction unit 344 may be functionally similar to the inter prediction unit 244 and the intra prediction unit 354 may be functionally similar to the intra prediction unit 254. . The prediction processing unit 360 is generally used to perform block prediction and / or obtain prediction blocks 365 from the encoded data 21, and to receive or obtain prediction-related parameters and / or Information about the selected prediction mode.

当视频条带经编码为经帧内编码(I)条带时,预测处理单元360的帧内预测单元354用于基于信号表示的帧内预测模式及来自当前帧或图片的先前经解码块的数据来产生用于当前视频条带的图片块的预测块365。当视频帧经编码为经帧间编码(即B或P)条带时,预测处理单元360的帧间预测单元344(例如,运动补偿单元)用于基于运动向量及从熵解码单元304接收的其它语法元素生成用于当前视频条带的视频块的预测块365。对于帧间预测,可从一个参考图片列表内的一个参考图片中产生预测块。视频解码器30可基于存储于DPB 330中的参考图片,使用默认建构技术来建构参考帧列表:列表0和列表1。When a video slice is encoded as an intra-coded (I) slice, the intra-prediction unit 354 of the prediction processing unit 360 is used for the intra-prediction mode based on signal representation, Data to generate a prediction block 365 for a picture block of the current video slice. When a video frame is encoded as an inter-encoded (ie, B or P) slice, the inter-prediction unit 344 (e.g., a motion compensation unit) of the prediction processing unit 360 is based on the motion vector and received from the entropy decoding unit 304. The other syntax elements generate a prediction block 365 for a video block of the current video slice. For inter prediction, a prediction block may be generated from a reference picture in a reference picture list. The video decoder 30 may construct a reference frame list using a default construction technique based on the reference pictures stored in the DPB 330: List 0 and List 1.

预测处理单元360用于通过解析运动向量和其它语法元素,确定用于当前视频条带的视频块的预测信息,并使用预测信息产生用于正经解码的当前视频块的预测块。例如,预测处理单元360使用接收到的一些语法元素确定用于编码视频条带的视频块的预测模式(例如,帧内或帧间预测)、帧间预测条带类型(例如,B条带、P条带或GPB条带)、用于条带的参考图片列表中的一个或多个的建构信息、用于条带的每个经帧间编码视频块的运动向量、条带的每个经帧间编码视频块的帧间预测状态以及其它信息,以解码当前视频条带的视频块。The prediction processing unit 360 is configured to determine prediction information for a video block of a current video slice by analyzing a motion vector and other syntax elements, and use the prediction information to generate a prediction block for a current video block that is being decoded. For example, the prediction processing unit 360 uses some of the received syntax elements to determine a prediction mode (e.g., intra or inter prediction) of a video block used to encode a video slice, an inter prediction slice type (e.g., B slice, P slice or GPB slice), construction information for one or more of the reference picture lists for the slice, motion vectors for each inter-coded video block for the slice, each warp for the slice The inter-prediction status and other information of the inter-coded video block to decode the video block of the current video slice.

逆量化单元310可用于逆量化(即,反量化)在比特流中提供且由熵解码单元304解码的经量化变换系数。逆量化过程可包含使用由视频编码器20针对视频条带中的每一视频块所计算的量化参数来确定应该应用的量化程度并同样确定应该应用的逆量化程度。The inverse quantization unit 310 may be used for inverse quantization (ie, inverse quantization) of the quantized transform coefficients provided in the bitstream and decoded by the entropy decoding unit 304. The inverse quantization process may include using the quantization parameters calculated by video encoder 20 for each video block in the video slice to determine the degree of quantization that should be applied and also to determine the degree of inverse quantization that should be applied.

逆变换处理单元312用于将逆变换(例如,逆DCT、逆整数变换或概念上类似的逆变换过程)应用于变换系数,以便在像素域中产生残差块。The inverse transform processing unit 312 is configured to apply an inverse transform (for example, an inverse DCT, an inverse integer transform, or a conceptually similar inverse transform process) to the transform coefficients to generate a residual block in the pixel domain.

重构单元314(例如,求和器314)用于将逆变换块313(即经重构残差块313)添加到预测块365,以在样本域中获取经重构块315,例如通过将经重构残差块313的样本值与预测块365的样本值相加。Reconstruction unit 314 (e.g., summer 314) is used to add inverse transform block 313 (i.e., reconstructed residual block 313) to prediction block 365 to obtain reconstructed block 315 in the sample domain, such as by The sample values of the reconstructed residual block 313 are added to the sample values of the prediction block 365.

环路滤波器单元320(在编码循环期间或在编码循环之后)用于对经重构块315进行滤波以获取经滤波块321,从而顺利进行像素转变或提高视频质量。在一个实例中,环路滤波器单元320可以用于执行下文描述的滤波技术的任意组合。环路滤波器单元320旨在表示一个或多个环路滤波器,例如去块滤波器、样本自适应偏移(sample-adaptive offset,SAO)滤波器或其它滤波器,例如双边滤波器、自适应环路滤波器(adaptive loop filter,ALF),或锐化或平滑滤波器,或协同滤波器。尽管环路滤波器单元320在图3中示出为环内滤波器,但在其它配置中,环路滤波器单元320可实施为环后滤波器。The loop filter unit 320 (during or after the encoding cycle) is used to filter the reconstructed block 315 to obtain the filtered block 321 so as to smoothly perform pixel conversion or improve video quality. In one example, the loop filter unit 320 may be used to perform any combination of filtering techniques described below. The loop filter unit 320 is intended to represent one or more loop filters, such as a deblocking filter, a sample-adaptive offset (SAO) filter, or other filters such as a bilateral filter, Adaptive loop filters (adaptive loop filters, ALF), or sharpening or smoothing filters, or cooperative filters. Although the loop filter unit 320 is shown as an in-loop filter in FIG. 3, in other configurations, the loop filter unit 320 may be implemented as a post-loop filter.

随后将给定帧或图片中的经解码视频块321存储在存储用于后续运动补偿的参考图片的经解码图片缓冲器330中。The decoded video block 321 in a given frame or picture is then stored in a decoded picture buffer 330 that stores reference pictures for subsequent motion compensation.

解码器30用于例如,藉由输出332输出经解码图片31,以向用户呈现或供用户查看。The decoder 30 is used, for example, to output a decoded picture 31 through an output 332 for presentation to or review by a user.

视频解码器30的其它变型可用于对压缩的比特流进行解码。例如,解码器30可以在没有环路滤波器单元320的情况下生成输出视频流。例如,基于非变换的解码器30可以在没有针对某些块或帧的逆变换处理单元312的情况下直接逆量化残差信号。在另一实施方式中,视频解码器30可以具有组合成单个单元的逆量化单元310和逆变换处理单元312。Other variations of video decoder 30 may be used to decode the compressed bitstream. For example, the decoder 30 may generate an output video stream without the loop filter unit 320. For example, the non-transform-based decoder 30 may directly inversely quantize the residual signal without the inverse transform processing unit 312 for certain blocks or frames. In another embodiment, the video decoder 30 may have an inverse quantization unit 310 and an inverse transform processing unit 312 combined into a single unit.

图4是根据一示例性实施例的包含图2的编码器20和/或图3的解码器30的视频编码系统40的实例的说明图。系统40可以实现本申请的各种技术的组合。在所说明的实施方式中,视频编码系统40可以包含成像设备41、视频编码器20、视频解码器30(和/或藉由处理单元46的逻辑电路47实施的视频编码器)、天线42、一个或多个处理器43、一个或多个存储器44和/或显示设备45。4 is an explanatory diagram of an example of a video encoding system 40 including the encoder 20 of FIG. 2 and / or the decoder 30 of FIG. 3 according to an exemplary embodiment. The system 40 may implement a combination of various techniques of the present application. In the illustrated embodiment, the video encoding system 40 may include an imaging device 41, a video encoder 20, a video decoder 30 (and / or a video encoder implemented by the logic circuit 47 of the processing unit 46), an antenna 42, One or more processors 43, one or more memories 44, and / or a display device 45.

如图所示,成像设备41、天线42、处理单元46、逻辑电路47、视频编码器20、视频解码器30、处理器43、存储器44和/或显示设备45能够互相通信。如所论述,虽然用视频编码器20和视频解码器30绘示视频编码系统40,但在不同实例中,视频编码系统40可以只包含视频编码器20或只包含视频解码器30。As shown, the imaging device 41, antenna 42, processing unit 46, logic circuit 47, video encoder 20, video decoder 30, processor 43, memory 44, and / or display device 45 can communicate with each other. As discussed, although video encoding system 40 is shown with video encoder 20 and video decoder 30, in different examples, video encoding system 40 may include only video encoder 20 or only video decoder 30.

在一些实例中,如图所示,视频编码系统40可以包含天线42。例如,天线42可以用于传输或接收视频数据的经编码比特流。另外,在一些实例中,视频编码系统40可以包含显示设备45。显示设备45可以用于呈现视频数据。在一些实例中,如图所示,逻辑电路47可以通过处理单元46实施。处理单元46可以包含专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)逻辑、图形处理器、通用处理器等。视频编码系统40也可以包含可选处理器43,该可选处理器43类似地可以包含专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)逻辑、图形处理器、通用处理器等。在一些实例中,逻辑电路47可以通过硬件实施,如视频编码专用硬件等,处理器43可以通过通用软件、操作系统等实施。另外,存储器44可以是任何类型的存储器,例如易失性存储器(例如,静态随机存取存储器(Static Random Access Memory,SRAM)、动态随机存储器(Dynamic Random Access Memory,DRAM)等)或非易失性存储器(例如,闪存等)等。在非限制性实例中,存储器44可以由超速缓存内存实施。在一些实例中,逻辑电路47可以访问存储器44(例如用于实施图像缓冲器)。在其它实例中,逻辑电路47和/或处理单元46可以包含存储器(例如,缓存等)用于实施图像缓冲器等。In some examples, as shown, the video encoding system 40 may include an antenna 42. For example, the antenna 42 may be used to transmit or receive an encoded bit stream of video data. In addition, in some examples, the video encoding system 40 may include a display device 45. The display device 45 may be used to present video data. In some examples, as shown, the logic circuit 47 may be implemented by the processing unit 46. The processing unit 46 may include application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) logic, a graphics processor, a general-purpose processor, and the like. The video encoding system 40 may also include an optional processor 43, which may similarly include application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) logic, a graphics processor, a general-purpose processor, and the like. In some examples, the logic circuit 47 may be implemented by hardware, such as dedicated hardware for video encoding, and the processor 43 may be implemented by general software, operating system, and the like. In addition, the memory 44 may be any type of memory, such as volatile memory (e.g., Static Random Access Memory (SRAM), Dynamic Random Access Memory (DRAM), etc.) or non-volatile memory Memory (for example, flash memory, etc.). In a non-limiting example, the memory 44 may be implemented by a cache memory. In some examples, the logic circuit 47 may access the memory 44 (eg, for implementing an image buffer). In other examples, the logic circuit 47 and / or the processing unit 46 may include a memory (eg, a cache, etc.) for implementing an image buffer or the like.

在一些实例中,通过逻辑电路实施的视频编码器20可以包含(例如,通过处理单元46或存储器44实施的)图像缓冲器和(例如,通过处理单元46实施的)图形处理单元。图形处理单元可以通信耦合至图像缓冲器。图形处理单元可以包含通过逻辑电路47实施的视频编码器20,以实施参照图2和/或本文中所描述的任何其它编码器系统或子系统所论述的各种模块。逻辑电路可以用于执行本文所论述的各种操作。In some examples, video encoder 20 implemented by logic circuits may include an image buffer (eg, implemented by processing unit 46 or memory 44) and a graphics processing unit (eg, implemented by processing unit 46). The graphics processing unit may be communicatively coupled to the image buffer. The graphics processing unit may include a video encoder 20 implemented by a logic circuit 47 to implement the various modules discussed with reference to FIG. 2 and / or any other encoder system or subsystem described herein. Logic circuits can be used to perform various operations discussed herein.

视频解码器30可以以类似方式通过逻辑电路47实施,以实施参照图3的解码器30和 /或本文中所描述的任何其它解码器系统或子系统所论述的各种模块。在一些实例中,逻辑电路实施的视频解码器30可以包含(通过处理单元2820或存储器44实施的)图像缓冲器和(例如,通过处理单元46实施的)图形处理单元。图形处理单元可以通信耦合至图像缓冲器。图形处理单元可以包含通过逻辑电路47实施的视频解码器30,以实施参照图3和/或本文中所描述的任何其它解码器系统或子系统所论述的各种模块。Video decoder 30 may be implemented in a similar manner by logic circuit 47 to implement the various modules discussed with reference to decoder 30 of FIG. 3 and / or any other decoder system or subsystem described herein. In some examples, video decoder 30 implemented by a logic circuit may include an image buffer (implemented by processing unit 2820 or memory 44) and a graphics processing unit (eg, implemented by processing unit 46). The graphics processing unit may be communicatively coupled to the image buffer. The graphics processing unit may include a video decoder 30 implemented by a logic circuit 47 to implement various modules discussed with reference to FIG. 3 and / or any other decoder system or subsystem described herein.

在一些实例中,视频编码系统40的天线42可以用于接收视频数据的经编码比特流。如所论述,经编码比特流可以包含本文所论述的与编码视频帧相关的数据、指示符、索引值、模式选择数据等,例如与编码分割相关的数据(例如,变换系数或经量化变换系数,(如所论述的)可选指示符,和/或定义编码分割的数据)。视频编码系统40还可包含耦合至天线42并用于解码经编码比特流的视频解码器30。显示设备45用于呈现视频帧。In some examples, the antenna 42 of the video encoding system 40 may be used to receive an encoded bit stream of video data. As discussed, the encoded bitstream may contain data, indicators, index values, mode selection data, etc. related to encoded video frames discussed herein, such as data related to coded segmentation (e.g., transform coefficients or quantized transform coefficients) , (As discussed) optional indicators, and / or data defining code partitions). The video encoding system 40 may also include a video decoder 30 coupled to the antenna 42 and used to decode the encoded bitstream. The display device 45 is used to present video frames.

图5是根据一示例性实施例的可用作图1中的源设备12和目的地设备14中的任一个或两个的装置500的简化框图。装置500可以实现本申请的技术,装置500可以采用包含多个计算设备的计算系统的形式,或采用例如移动电话、平板计算机、膝上型计算机、笔记本电脑、台式计算机等单个计算设备的形式。FIG. 5 is a simplified block diagram of an apparatus 500 that can be used as either or both of the source device 12 and the destination device 14 in FIG. 1 according to an exemplary embodiment. The device 500 may implement the technology of the present application. The device 500 may be in the form of a computing system including multiple computing devices, or in the form of a single computing device such as a mobile phone, tablet computer, laptop computer, notebook computer, desktop computer, and the like.

装置500中的处理器502可以为中央处理器。或者,处理器502可以为现有的或今后将研发出的能够操控或处理信息的任何其它类型的设备或多个设备。如图所示,虽然可以使用例如处理器502的单个处理器实践所揭示的实施方式,但是使用一个以上处理器可以实现速度和效率方面的优势。The processor 502 in the apparatus 500 may be a central processing unit. Alternatively, the processor 502 may be any other type of device or multiple devices capable of manipulating or processing information, existing or to be developed in the future. As shown, although a single processor such as the processor 502 can be used to practice the disclosed embodiments, speed and efficiency advantages can be achieved using more than one processor.

在一实施方式中,装置500中的存储器504可以为只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM)设备或随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)设备。任何其他合适类型的存储设备都可以用作存储器504。存储器504可以包括代码和由处理器502使用总线512访问的数据506。存储器504可进一步包括操作系统508和应用程序510,应用程序510包含至少一个准许处理器502执行本文所描述的方法的程序。例如,应用程序510可以包括应用1到N,应用1到N进一步包括执行本文所描述的方法的视频编码应用。装置500还可包含采用从存储器514形式的附加存储器,该从存储器514例如可以为与移动计算设备一起使用的存储卡。因为视频通信会话可能含有大量信息,这些信息可以整体或部分存储在从存储器514中,并按需要加载到存储器504用于处理。In one embodiment, the memory 504 in the device 500 may be a read-only memory (ROM) device or a random access memory (RAM) device. Any other suitable type of storage device can be used as the memory 504. The memory 504 may include code and data 506 accessed by the processor 502 using the bus 512. The memory 504 may further include an operating system 508 and an application program 510, which contains at least one program that permits the processor 502 to perform the methods described herein. For example, the application program 510 may include applications 1 to N, and applications 1 to N further include a video encoding application that performs the methods described herein. The device 500 may also include additional memory in the form of a slave memory 514, which may be, for example, a memory card for use with a mobile computing device. Because a video communication session may contain a large amount of information, this information may be stored in whole or in part in the slave memory 514 and loaded into the memory 504 for processing as needed.

装置500还可包含一或多个输出设备,例如显示器518。在一个实例中,显示器518可以为将显示器和可操作以感测触摸输入的触敏元件组合的触敏显示器。显示器518可以通过总线512耦合于处理器502。除了显示器518还可以提供其它准许用户对装置500编程或以其它方式使用装置500的输出设备,或提供其它输出设备作为显示器518的替代方案。当输出设备是显示器或包含显示器时,显示器可以以不同方式实现,包含通过液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD)、阴极射线管(cathode-ray tube,CRT)显示器、等离子显示器或发光二极管(light emitting diode,LED)显示器,如有机LED(organic LED,OLED)显示器。The apparatus 500 may also include one or more output devices, such as a display 518. In one example, the display 518 may be a touch-sensitive display combining a display and a touch-sensitive element operable to sense a touch input. The display 518 may be coupled to the processor 502 through a bus 512. In addition to the display 518, other output devices may be provided that allow the user to program or otherwise use the device 500, or provide other output devices as an alternative to the display 518. When the output device is a display or contains a display, the display can be implemented in different ways, including through a liquid crystal display (LCD), a cathode-ray tube (CRT) display, a plasma display, or a light emitting diode diode (LED) displays, such as organic LED (OLED) displays.

装置500还可包含图像感测设备520或与其连通,图像感测设备520例如为相机或为 现有的或今后将研发出的可以感测图像的任何其它图像感测设备520,所述图像例如为运行装置500的用户的图像。图像感测设备520可以放置为直接面向运行装置500的用户。在一实例中,可以配置图像感测设备520的位置和光轴以使其视野包含紧邻显示器518的区域且从该区域可见显示器518。The apparatus 500 may further include or be in communication with an image sensing device 520, such as a camera or any other image sensing device 520 that can or will be developed in the future to sense an image, such as An image of a user running the device 500. The image sensing device 520 may be placed directly facing a user of the running apparatus 500. In an example, the position and optical axis of the image sensing device 520 may be configured such that its field of view includes an area immediately adjacent to the display 518 and the display 518 is visible from the area.

装置500还可包含声音感测设备522或与其连通,声音感测设备522例如为麦克风或为现有的或今后将研发出的可以感测装置500附近的声音的任何其它声音感测设备。声音感测设备522可以放置为直接面向运行装置500的用户,并可以用于接收用户在运行装置500时发出的声音,例如语音或其它发声。The device 500 may also include or be in communication with a sound sensing device 522, such as a microphone or any other sound sensing device that can or will be developed in the future to sense the sound near the device 500. The sound sensing device 522 may be placed directly facing the user of the operating device 500 and may be used to receive a sound, such as a voice or other sound, emitted by the user when the device 500 is running.

虽然图5中将装置500的处理器502和存储器504绘示为集成在单个单元中,但是还可以使用其它配置。处理器502的运行可以分布在多个可直接耦合的机器中(每个机器具有一个或多个处理器),或分布在本地区域或其它网络中。存储器504可以分布在多个机器中,例如基于网络的存储器或多个运行装置500的机器中的存储器。虽然此处只绘示单个总线,但装置500的总线512可以由多个总线形成。进一步地,从存储器514可以直接耦合至装置500的其它组件或可以通过网络访问,并且可包括单个集成单元,例如一个存储卡,或多个单元,例如多个存储卡。因此,可以以多种配置实施装置500。Although the processor 502 and the memory 504 of the apparatus 500 are shown in FIG. 5 as being integrated in a single unit, other configurations may be used. The operation of the processor 502 may be distributed among multiple directly-coupled machines (each machine has one or more processors), or distributed in a local area or other network. The memory 504 may be distributed among multiple machines, such as a network-based memory or a memory among multiple machines running the apparatus 500. Although only a single bus is shown here, the bus 512 of the device 500 may be formed by multiple buses. Further, the slave memory 514 may be directly coupled to other components of the device 500 or may be accessed through a network, and may include a single integrated unit, such as one memory card, or multiple units, such as multiple memory cards. Therefore, the apparatus 500 can be implemented in various configurations.

图6描述了二叉树,三叉树以及四叉树的划分方式,其中:Figure 6 describes the division of binary tree, tri-tree and quad-tree, where:

四叉树是一种树状结构,表示一个节点可划分为四个子节点。H265视频编码标准采用基于四叉树的CTU划分方式:CTU作为根节点,每个节点对应于一个方形的区域;一个节点可以不再划分(此时它对应的区域为一个CU),或者将这个节点划分成四个下一层级的节点,即把这个方形区域划分成四个大小相同的方形区域(其长、宽各为划分前区域长、宽的一半),每个区域对应于一个节点。如图6(a)所示。A quadtree is a tree-like structure, meaning that a node can be divided into four child nodes. The H265 video coding standard uses a quadtree-based CTU division method: the CTU serves as the root node, and each node corresponds to a square area; a node can no longer be divided (in this case, its corresponding area is a CU), or this The node is divided into four nodes at the next lower level, that is, the square area is divided into four square areas of the same size (the length and width are each half of the length and width of the area before division), and each area corresponds to a node. As shown in Figure 6 (a).

二叉树是一种树状结构,表示一个节点可划分成两个子节点。现有采用二叉树的编码方法中,一个二叉树结构上的节点可以不划分,或者把此节点划分成两个下一层级的节点。划分成两个节点的方式有两种:1)水平二分,将节点对应的区域划分成上、下两个相同大小的区域,每个区域对应于一个节点,如图6(b)所示;或者2)竖直二分,将节点对应的区域划分成左、右两个大小相同的区域,每个区域对应于一个节点,如图6(c)所示。A binary tree is a tree-like structure, meaning that a node can be divided into two child nodes. In the existing encoding method using a binary tree, a node on a binary tree structure may not be divided, or this node may be divided into two nodes at a lower level. There are two ways to divide into two nodes: 1) Horizontal dichotomy, divide the area corresponding to the node into two areas of the same size, each area corresponds to a node, as shown in Figure 6 (b); Or 2) Divide vertically and divide the area corresponding to the node into two areas of the same size on the left and right, and each area corresponds to a node, as shown in Figure 6 (c).

三叉树是一种树状结构,表示一个节点可划分成三个子节点。现有采用三叉树的编码方法中,一个三叉树结构上的节点可以不划分,或者把此节点划分成三个下一层级的节点。划分成三个节点的方式有两种:1)水平三分,将节点对应的区域划分成上、中、下三个区域,每个区域对应于一个节点,其中上、中、下三个区域的高分别为节点高的1/4、1/2、1/4,如图6(d)所示;或者2)竖直三分,将节点对应的区域划分成左、中、右三个区域,每个区域对应于一个节点,其中左、中、右三个区域的宽分别为节点高的1/4、1/2、1/4,如图6(e)所示。A triple tree is a tree-like structure, meaning that a node can be divided into three child nodes. In the existing coding method using a tri-tree, the nodes on a tri-tree structure may not be divided, or this node may be divided into three lower-level nodes. There are two ways to divide into three nodes: 1) Horizontal three points, the area corresponding to the node is divided into three areas of upper, middle and lower, each area corresponds to a node, including three areas of upper, middle and lower The heights of the nodes are 1/4, 1/2, and 1/4 of the node height, respectively, as shown in Figure 6 (d); or 2) vertical three points, divide the area corresponding to the node into three left, middle, and right Area, each area corresponds to a node, where the widths of the left, middle, and right three areas are 1/4, 1/2, and 1/4 of the node height, respectively, as shown in Figure 6 (e).

H.265视频编码标准把一帧图像分割成互不重叠的编码树单元(CTU),CTU的大小可设置为64×64(CTU的大小也可设置为其它值,如JVET参考软件JEM中CTU大小增大为128×128或256×256)。64×64的CTU包含由64列、每列64个像素的矩形像素点阵,每个像素包含亮 度分量或/和色度分量。The H.265 video coding standard divides a frame of image into non-overlapping coding tree units (CTU). The size of the CTU can be set to 64 × 64 (the size of the CTU can also be set to other values, such as the CTU in the JVET reference software JEM The size is increased to 128 × 128 or 256 × 256). A 64 × 64 CTU contains a rectangular pixel lattice of 64 columns with 64 pixels in each column, and each pixel contains a luminance component and / or a chrominance component.

H.265使用基于四叉树(quad-tree,简称QT)的CTU划分方法,将CTU作为四叉树的根节点(root),按照四叉树的划分方式,将CTU递归划分成若干个叶节点(leaf node)。一个节点对应于一个图像区域,节点如果不划分,则节点称为叶节点,它对应的图像区域形成一个CU;如果节点继续划分,则节点对应的图像区域划分成四个相同大小的区域(其长和宽各为被划分区域的一半),每个区域对应一个节点,需要分别确定这些节点是否还会划分。一个节点是否划分由码流中这个节点对应的划分标志位split_cu_flag指示。一个节点A划分一次得到4个节点Bi,i=0,1,2,3,Bi称为A的子节点,A称为Bi的父节点。根节点的四叉树层级(qtDepth)为0,节点的四叉树层级为节点的父节点的四叉树层级加1。为表述简洁,下文中节点的大小和形状即指节点对应的图像区域的大小和形状。H.265 uses a quad-tree (QT) -based CTU division method. The CTU is used as the root node of the quad tree, and the CTU is recursively divided into several leaves according to the quad tree division method. Node (leaf). A node corresponds to an image area. If the node is not divided, the node is called a leaf node, and its corresponding image area forms a CU. If the node continues to be divided, the image area corresponding to the node is divided into four regions of the same size (the (The length and width are each half of the divided area.) Each area corresponds to a node. You need to determine whether these nodes will be divided separately. Whether a node is divided is indicated by the split flag bit split_cu_flag corresponding to this node in the code stream. A node A is divided into four nodes Bi, i = 0, 1, 2, 3, Bi is called a child node of A, and A is called a parent node of Bi. The quadtree level (qtDepth) of the root node is 0, and the quadtree level of the node is the quadtree level of the parent node of the node plus 1. For brevity, the size and shape of the nodes in the following refers to the size and shape of the image area corresponding to the nodes.

更具体的,对64×64的CTU节点(四叉树层级为0),根据它对应的split_cu_flag,可选择不划分,成为1个64×64的CU,或者选择划分为4个32×32的节点(四叉树层级为1)。这四个32×32的节点中的每一个节点,又可以根据它对应的split_cu_flag,选择继续划分或者不划分;如果一个32×32的节点继续划分,则产生四个16×16的节点(四叉树层级为2)。以此类推,直到所有节点都不再划分,这样一个CTU就被划分成一组CU。CU的最小尺寸(size)在序列参数集(SPS:Sequence Parameter Set)中标识,例如8×8为最小CU。在上述递归划分过程中,如果一个节点的尺寸等于最小CU尺寸(minimum CU size),这个节点默认为不再划分,同时也不需要在码流中包含它的划分标志位。More specifically, for a 64 × 64 CTU node (the quadtree level is 0), according to its corresponding split_cu_flag, you can choose not to divide it into one 64 × 64 CU, or choose to divide into four 32 × 32 Nodes (the quadtree level is 1). Each of these four 32 × 32 nodes can choose to continue to divide or not to divide according to its corresponding split_cu_flag; if a 32 × 32 node continues to divide, four 16 × 16 nodes (four The level of the fork tree is 2). And so on, until all nodes are no longer divided, such a CTU is divided into a group of CUs. The minimum size (size) of the CU is identified in the sequence parameter set (SPS: Sequence Parameter Set). For example, 8 × 8 is the smallest CU. In the above recursive division process, if the size of a node is equal to the minimum CU size, this node defaults to no longer divide, and it does not need to include its division flag in the code stream.

当解析到一个节点为叶节点后,此叶节点为一个CU,进一步解析CU对应的编码信息(包括CU的预测模式、变换系数等信息,例如H.265中的coding_unit()语法结构体),然后按照这些编码信息对CU进行预测、反量化、反变换、环路滤波等解码处理,产生这个CU对应的重建图像。四叉树结构使得CTU能够根据图像局部特点划分成合适大小的一组CU,例如平滑区域划分成较大的CU,而纹理丰富区域划分为较小的CU。When a node is parsed as a leaf node, this leaf node is a CU, and further analyzes the coding information corresponding to the CU (including the prediction mode and transformation coefficients of the CU, such as the coding_unit () syntax structure in H.265). Then, the CU is subjected to decoding, prediction, inverse quantization, inverse transform, and loop filtering according to the encoded information to generate a reconstructed image corresponding to the CU. The quad-tree structure enables the CTU to be divided into a group of CUs of a suitable size according to the local characteristics of the image, for example, smooth regions are divided into larger CUs, and texture-rich regions are divided into smaller CUs.

多用途视频编码测试模型(VTM:Versatile video coding Test Model)参考软件在四叉树划分的基础上,增加了二叉树(binary tree,简称BT)划分方式和三叉树(ternary tree,简称TT)划分方式。其中,VTM是JVET组织开发的新式编解码器参考软件。Multi-purpose video coding test model (VTM: Versatile video coding Test Model) reference software adds a binary tree (BT) partition method and a ternary tree (TT) partition method based on the quadtree partition . Among them, VTM is a new codec reference software developed by JVET organization.

二叉树划分将一个节点划分成2个子节点,具体的二叉树划分方式有两种:Binary tree partitioning divides a node into two sub-nodes. There are two specific binary tree partitioning methods:

1)水平二分:将节点对应的区域划分成上、下两个相同大小的区域(即宽不变,高变为划分前区域的一半),每个区域对应于一个节点;如图6中(b)所示。1) Horizontal dichotomy: Divide the area corresponding to the node into two areas of the same size (that is, the width does not change, and the height becomes half of the area before division), and each area corresponds to a node; as shown in Figure 6 ( b) shown.

2)竖直二分:将节点对应的区域划分成左、右两个相同大小的区域(即高不变,宽变为划分前区域的一半);如图6中(c)所示。2) Vertical dichotomy: Divide the area corresponding to the node into two areas of the same size, that is, the height is unchanged, and the width becomes half of the area before division; as shown in (c) in FIG. 6.

三叉树划分将一个节点划分成3个子节点,具体的三叉树划分方式有两种:Three-tree partitioning divides a node into three sub-nodes. There are two specific methods for three-tree partitioning:

1)水平三分:将节点对应的区域划分成上、中、下三个区域,每个区域对应于一个节点,其中上、中、下三个区域的高分别为节点高的1/4、1/2、1/4,如图6中(d)所示;1) Horizontal three points: divide the area corresponding to the node into three areas: upper, middle, and lower, each area corresponds to a node, where the height of the three areas is 1/4 of the height of the node, 1/2, 1/4, as shown in (d) of Figure 6;

2)竖直三分:将节点对应的区域划分成左、中、右三个区域,每个区域对应于一个节 点,其中左、中、右三个区域的宽分别为节点高的1/4、1/2、1/4,如图6中(e)所示。2) Vertical three points: Dividing the area corresponding to the node into three areas: left, middle, and right, each area corresponds to a node, where the width of the three areas is 1/4 of the node height. , 1/2, 1/4, as shown in (e) of FIG. 6.

VTM中使用了QT级联BT/TT的划分方式,简称为QT-MTT(Quad Tree plus Multi-Type Tree)划分方式。更具体的,CTU通过QT划分,产生QT叶节点,QT中的节点可使用四叉树划分继续划分成四个QT子节点,或者不使用四叉划分产生一个QT叶节点。QT叶节点作为MTT的根节点。MTT中的节点可使用水平二分、竖直二分、水平三分、竖直三分这四种划分方式中的一种划分为子节点,或者不再划分成为一个MTT叶节点。MTT的叶节点为一个编码单元CU。The division method of QT cascade BT / TT is used in VTM, referred to as QT-MTT (Quad Tree Plus Multi-Type Tree) division method. More specifically, the CTU generates QT leaf nodes through QT division. The nodes in the QT can be further divided into four QT child nodes using quad-tree division, or a QT leaf node can be generated without using quad-section division. The QT leaf node serves as the root node of the MTT. Nodes in MTT can be divided into sub-nodes using one of the four division methods: horizontal bisection, vertical bisection, horizontal trisection, and vertical trisection, or no longer be divided into an MTT leaf node. The leaf node of MTT is a coding unit CU.

图7给出了使用QT-MTT将一个CTU划分成a到p等16个CU的示例。图7右图中每个端点表示一个节点,一个节点连出4根线表示四叉树划分,一个节点连出2根线表示二叉树划分,一个节点连出3根线表示三叉树划分。实线表示QT划分,虚线表示多类型划分(MTT:Multi-Type Tree)的第一层划分,点划线表示MTT的第二层划分。a到p为16个MTT叶节点,每个MTT叶节点为1个CU。一个CTU按照图7右图的划分方式,得到了如图7左图所示的CU划分图。Figure 7 shows an example of dividing a CTU into 16 CUs such as a to p using QT-MTT. Each endpoint on the right of Figure 7 represents a node, 4 nodes connected to a node represent quadtree partition, 2 nodes connected to a node represent binary tree partition, and 3 nodes connected to a node represent tritree partition. The solid line represents the QT division, the dashed line represents the first-level division of a Multi-Type Tree (MTT), and the dot-dash line represents the second-level division of the MTT. a to p are 16 MTT leaf nodes, and each MTT leaf node is 1 CU. A CTU obtains the CU division diagram shown in the left diagram of FIG. 7 according to the division manner in the right diagram of FIG. 7.

QT-MTT划分方式中,每个CU具有QT层级(Quad-tree depth,QT depth,也称为QT深度)和MTT层级(Multi-Type Tree depth,MTT depth,也称为MTT深度)。QT层级表示CU所属的QT叶节点的QT层级,MTT层级表示CU所属MTT叶节点的MTT层级。编码树的根节点的QT层级为0,MTT层级为0。如果编码树上一个节点使用QT划分,则划分得到的子节点的QT层级为该节点的QT层级加1,MTT层级不变;相似的,如果编码树上一个节点使用MTT划分(即BT或TT划分之一),则划分得到的子节点的MTT层级为该节点的MTT层级加1,QT层级不变。例如图7中a、b、c、d、e、f、g、i、j的QT层级为1,MTT层级为2;h的QT层级为1,MTT层级为1;n、o、p的QT层级为2,MTT层级为0;l、m的QT层级为2,MTTT层级为1。如果CTU只划分成一个CU,则此CU的QT层级为0,MTT层级为0。In the QT-MTT division method, each CU has a QT level (Quad-tree depth, QT depth, also called QT depth) and an MTT level (Multi-Type Tree depth, MTT depth, also called MTT depth). The QT level indicates the QT level of the QT leaf node to which the CU belongs, and the MTT level indicates the MTT level of the MTT leaf node to which the CU belongs. The root node of the coding tree has a QT level of 0 and an MTT level of 0. If a node on the coding tree is divided by QT, the QT level of the child node obtained by the division is the QT level of the node plus 1, and the MTT level is unchanged. Similarly, if a node on the coding tree is divided by MTT (that is, BT or TT One of the divisions), the MTT level of the child node obtained by the division is the MTT level of the node plus 1, and the QT level is unchanged. For example, in Figure 7, the QT level of a, b, c, d, e, f, g, i, and j is 1, and the MTT level is 2; the QT level of h is 1, and the MTT level is 1; for n, o, and p The QT level is 2 and the MTT level is 0; the QT level for l and m is 2 and the MTTT level is 1. If the CTU is divided into only one CU, the QT level of this CU is 0 and the MTT level is 0.

HEVC中,一个CU包含一个亮度块量化参数(Quantization Parameter,QP)和两个色度块量化参数,其中色度块量化参数由亮度块量化参数导出。色度块量化参数简称色度QP,亮度块量化参数简称亮度QP。一个当前CU(current CU)的亮度QP的解码包含如下处理:In HEVC, a CU includes a quantization parameter (QP) of luma block and two quantization parameters of chroma block, wherein the quantization parameter of chroma block is derived from the quantization parameter of luma block. The chrominance block quantization parameter is referred to as chrominance QP, and the luma block quantization parameter is referred to as luminance QP. The decoding of the luminance QP of a current CU (current CU) includes the following processing:

从图像参数集(Picture Parameter Set,PPS)中获取diff_cu_qp_delta_depth语法元素,由此语法元素导出量化组(Quantization Group,QG),即量化组为NxN的区域,其中N=CTUSize>>diff_cu_qp_delta_depth,CTUSize为CTU的边长,如64x64的CTU,其CTUSize=64。一个64x64的CTU被划分为M个NxN区域的QG,M为正整数,例如diff_cu_qp_delta_depth=2时,CTU被划分成16个16x16的QG,如图8所示。由于HEVC中仅使用QT划分,以上述QG确定方式得到的QG如果包含多个尺寸小于QG的CU,则QG必然包含多个完整的CU,即尺寸小于QG的多个CU完全包含在一个QG内,不存在一个尺寸小于QG的CU同时包含在多个QG内。此外,在仅使用QT划分时,以上述QG确定方式得到的QG还能够确保如果一个CU与QG相同大小,则CU必然包含在一个QG内。当一个CU大于QG时,则它一定包含完整的多个QG。Obtain the diff_cu_qp_delta_depth syntax element from the Picture Parameter Set (PPS), and derive the Quantization Group (QG) from this syntax element, that is, the area of the quantization group is NxN, where N = CTUSize >> diff_cu_qp_delta_depth, and CTUSize is CTU The length of the side, such as a 64x64 CTU, has a CTUSize = 64. A 64x64 CTU is divided into Qs of M NxN regions, where M is a positive integer. For example, when diff_cu_qp_delta_depth = 2, the CTU is divided into 16 16x16 QGs, as shown in FIG. 8. Since only the QT partition is used in HEVC, if the QG obtained by the above-mentioned QG determination method includes multiple CUs smaller than the QG, the QG must include multiple complete CUs, that is, multiple CUs smaller than the QG are completely contained in one QG No CU with a size smaller than QG is included in multiple QGs at the same time. In addition, when only QT division is used, the QG obtained by the above QG determination method can also ensure that if a CU is the same size as the QG, the CU must be included in a QG. When a CU is larger than QG, it must contain a complete number of QGs.

确定当前CU所在的当前量化组(current quantization group,简称当前QG),所述当 前QG为覆盖当前CU左上角坐标的QG。当前CU的左上角坐标为Pcu=(xCb,yCb),则当前量化组的左上角坐标为Pqg=(xQg,yQg),A current quantization group (referred to as the current QG) in which the current CU is located is determined, where the current QG is a QG covering the coordinates of the upper left corner of the current CU. The upper left corner coordinate of the current CU is Pcu = (xCb, yCb), then the upper left corner coordinate of the current quantization group is Pqg = (xQg, yQg),

xQg=xCb-(xCb&((1<<Log2MinCuQpDeltaSize)-1))xQg = xCb- (xCb & ((1 << Log2MinCuQpDeltaSize) -1))

yQg=yCb-(yCb&((1<<Log2MinCuQpDeltaSize)-1))yQg = yCb- (yCb & ((1 << Log2MinCuQpDeltaSize) -1))

其中,Log2MinCuQpDeltaSize=log2(CTUSize)-diff_cu_qp_delta_depth,log2(x)为对x求以2为底的对数。Among them, Log2MinCuQpDeltaSize = log2 (CTUSize) -diff_cu_qp_delta_depth, and log2 (x) is the logarithm of base 2 on x.

获取当前CU的QP差分值,如HEVC标准中的CuQpDeltaVal。如果当前CU为QG中第一个有残差的CU(例如当前CU的编码块标志位cbf_luma,cbf_cb,cbf_cr有一个非零则指示当前CU有残差),则从码流中解析当前CU的QP差分值。此QP差分量作为当前QG中编码顺序位于当前CU之后的所有CU的QP差分值;当前QG中编码顺序位于当前CU之前的所有CU的QP差分值为0。Get the QP difference value of the current CU, such as CuQpDeltaVal in the HEVC standard. If the current CU is the first residual CU in the QG (for example, the current CU's coding block flags cbf_luma, cbf_cb, and cbf_cr have a non-zero value indicating that the current CU has residuals), the current CU is parsed from the code stream. QP difference value. This QP difference is used as the QP difference value of all CUs whose coding order is located after the current CU in the current QG; the QP difference value of all CUs whose coding order is located before the current CU in the current QG is 0.

获取当前QG的亮度块量化参数预测值,如HEVC标准中的qP Y_PRED。qP Y_PRED可根据当前QG的左相邻位置亮度QP、上相邻位置亮度QP预测得到。当前QG的左相邻位置为(xQg-1,yQg),上相邻位置为(xQg,yQg-1)。上相邻位置亮度QP即为覆盖上相邻位置的编码单元的亮度QP;如果上相邻位置不可得或者上相邻位置与当前块不属于同一个区块(Tile)时,将上相邻位置亮度QP设置为前一个QG中最后一个CU的亮度QP(如HEVC标准中的qP Y_PREV)。相似的,左相邻位置亮度QP即为覆盖左相邻位置的编码单元的亮度QP;如果左相邻位置不可得或者左相邻位置与当前块不属于同一个区块时,将左相邻位置亮度QP设置为前一个QG中最后一个CU的亮度QP。相邻位置不可得可以有多种判断方法,例如相邻位置在当前条带外,则不可得;又例如,相邻位置在当前图像外,则不可得;又例如,相邻位置不在当前CTU内部,则不可得;又例如,相邻位置像素没有重建,则不可得。 Obtain the predicted value of the quantization parameter of the luminance block of the current QG, such as qP Y_PRED in the HEVC standard. qP Y_PRED can be predicted from the left adjacent position luminance QP and the upper adjacent position luminance QP of the current QG. The left adjacent position of the current QG is (xQg-1, yQg), and the upper adjacent position is (xQg, yQg-1). The brightness QP of the upper neighboring position is the brightness QP of the coding unit covering the upper neighboring position; if the upper neighboring position is unavailable or the upper neighboring position does not belong to the same block (Tile) as the current block, the upper neighboring position The position brightness QP is set to the brightness QP of the last CU in the previous QG (such as qP Y_PREV in the HEVC standard). Similarly, the brightness QP of the left neighboring position is the brightness QP of the coding unit covering the left neighboring position; if the left neighboring position is unavailable or the left neighboring position does not belong to the same block as the current block, the left neighboring position is The position brightness QP is set to the brightness QP of the last CU in the previous QG. Adjacent positions are unavailable. There are many ways to judge. For example, if adjacent positions are outside the current band, they are not available. For example, if adjacent positions are outside the current image, they are not available. Internally, it is not available; for example, pixels in adjacent positions are not available without reconstruction.

将当前QG的亮度块量化参数预测值和当前CU的QP差分值(QP delta)相加得到当前CU的亮度QP。The predicted value of the quantization parameter of the luminance block of the current QG and the QP difference value (QP delta) of the current CU are added to obtain the luminance QP of the current CU.

可见,在QT-MTT划分方式下,使用上述的QG划分方式会导致一个QG可能只包括了某一个CU的一部分,或者一个CU也可能是包括了多个不同的QG。因此需要一种新的解码(QG确定)方法来确保QG和CU的匹配,即确保一个CU不会归属于两个不同的QG,从而提高解码效率。It can be seen that in the QT-MTT division mode, using the above-mentioned QG division mode may cause a QG to include only a part of a certain CU, or a CU may also include multiple different QGs. Therefore, a new decoding (QG determination) method is needed to ensure the matching of QG and CU, that is, to ensure that one CU does not belong to two different QGs, thereby improving decoding efficiency.

图9是绘示根据本申请一实施例的视频解码器(例如,图3的视频解码器30)的实例操作的流程图。视频解码器30的一个或多个结构要素可以用于执行图9的技术。该实施例包括:FIG. 9 is a flowchart illustrating an example operation of a video decoder (for example, the video decoder 30 of FIG. 3) according to an embodiment of the present application. One or more structural elements of video decoder 30 may be used to perform the technique of FIG. 9. This embodiment includes:

901、解析编码树划分信息,获得当前节点。901. Parse the coding tree partition information to obtain the current node.

编码树划分信息是视频解码器30从接收的码流中获取的,具体可以是视频解码器30中的熵解码单元执行该步骤。The coding tree partition information is obtained by the video decoder 30 from the received code stream. Specifically, the entropy decoding unit in the video decoder 30 may perform this step.

其中,当前节点可以是CU,例如可以是图7中的a、b、c、d、e、f、g、h、i、j、k、l、m、n、o和p;当前节点也可以是CTU的QT-MTT划分过程中还需要进行进一步划分的节点,以图7为例,可以是a和b对应的节点,可以是c和d对应的节点,可以是e、f和g 对应的节点,可以是i和j对应的节点,可以是l、m、n、o和p对应的节点,可以是l和m对应的节点,可以是a、b、c、d、e、f和g对应的节点,可以是h、i和j对应的节点。The current node may be a CU, for example, it may be a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, o, and p in FIG. 7; It can be a node that needs to be further divided during the QT-MTT division of the CTU. Taking Figure 7 as an example, it can be the nodes corresponding to a and b, the nodes corresponding to c and d, and the nodes corresponding to e, f, and g. The nodes can be the nodes corresponding to i and j, the nodes corresponding to l, m, n, o, and p, the nodes corresponding to l and m, and the nodes a, b, c, d, e, f, and The node corresponding to g may be the node corresponding to h, i, and j.

902、根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域。在一种实施方式中,根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域包括确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。在确定了该左上角坐标后就能够确定当前量化组所覆盖的具体的区域。因此在如下的描述中,确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域可以理解为确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。902. Determine an area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node. In an implementation manner, determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes determining coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group. After the coordinates of the upper left corner are determined, the specific area covered by the current quantization group can be determined. Therefore, in the following description, determining the area covered by the current quantization group can be understood as determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group.

可以理解的是,根据不同的需要可以有不同的当前节点的划分深度N的确定方式。It can be understood that, according to different needs, there may be different determination manners of the division depth N of the current node.

本发明实施例提供了如下四种根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的方式。The embodiments of the present invention provide the following four ways to determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node.

方式一:根据所述当前节点的划分深度N和第一阈值T1确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域。Manner 1: Determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node and a first threshold T1.

具体地,先确定所述当前节点的划分深度N大于第一阈值T1,如果所述当前节点的划分深度N大于第一阈值T1,则获取所述当前节点的第(N-T1)层父节点;然后确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述第(N-T1)层父节点所覆盖的区域。其中,第一阈值T1是预先设置的非负整数,例如可以是0,1,2或3等等。Specifically, it is first determined that the division depth N of the current node is greater than the first threshold T1, and if the division depth N of the current node is greater than the first threshold T1, the (N-T1) -th level parent node of the current node is obtained ; Then determine that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the (N-T1) -layer parent node. The first threshold T1 is a non-negative integer set in advance, and may be 0, 1, 2, or 3, for example.

其中,有两种确定所述当前节点的划分深度N的方式,一种就是将所述当前节点的划分深度N确定为所述当前节点的QT depth,例如图7中的节点a、b、c、d、e、f、g、h、i、j、k的QT depth为1,l、m、n、o、p的QT depth为2;另一种是将所述当前节点的划分深度N确定为所述当前节点的QT depth与所述当前节点的MTT depth之和,例如图7中的节点k的QT depth为1,MTT depth为0,因此节点k的划分深度N为1;图7中的节点a的QT depth为1,MTT depth为2,因此节点a的划分深度N为3。其中,编码树的根节点的QT depth为0。如果QT编码树中一个节点使用QT划分,则划分得到的子节点的QT depth为该节点的QT depth加1;如果QT中的一个节点不使用QT划分,则这个节点为一个MTT根节点。MTT的根节点的MTT depth为0;如果MTT编码树上一个节点使用MTT划分,则划分得到的子节点的MTT depth为该节点的MTT depth加1,子节点的QT depth为该节点的QT depth。也就是说,对CTU根节点开始,经过S1次QT划分和S2次MTT划分得到了当前节点,则当前节点的QT depth为S1,MTT depth为S2。以图7为例,MTT depth为1的节点包括:a和b对应的节点(即一个包含a和b所在区域的节点),c和d对应的节点,e、f和g对应的节点,h对应的节点,i和j对应的节点,以及l对应的节点和m对应的节点,MTT depth为1表示仅需要对CTU进行QT划分后获得的QT叶节点进行一次MTT划分就可以获得的节点;MTT depth为2的节点包括:a对应的节点,b对应的节点,c对应的节点,d对应的节点,e对应的节点,f对应的节点,g对应的节点,i对应的节点,j对应的节点,MTT depth为2表示需要对CTU进行QT划分后获得的QT叶节点进行二次MTT划分获得的节点。以此类推,还可以有MTT depth为3、4、或5等等的节点(图7中没有MTT depth大于2的节点)。There are two ways to determine the division depth N of the current node. One is to determine the division depth N of the current node as the QT depth of the current node, for example, nodes a, b, and c in FIG. 7. The QT depth of d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k is 1, and the QT depth of l, m, n, o, p is 2; the other is to divide the current node's depth N It is determined as the sum of the QT depth of the current node and the MTT depth of the current node, for example, the QT depth of the node k in FIG. 7 is 1, and the MTT depth is 0, so the partition depth N of the node k is 1; FIG. 7 The node a in the QT depth is 1, and the MTT depth is 2, so the partition depth N of the node a is 3. Among them, the QT depth of the root node of the coding tree is 0. If a node in the QT coding tree is divided by QT, the QT depth of the child nodes obtained by division is the QT depth of the node plus 1; if a node in the QT does not use QT division, this node is a MTT root node. The MTT root depth of the MTT root node is 0; if a node on the MTT coding tree is divided using MTT, the MTT depth of the child node obtained is the MTT depth of the node plus 1, and the QT depth of the child node is the QT depth of the node . That is to say, starting from the CTU root node, the current node is obtained after S1 QT partition and S2 MTT partition, then the QT depth of the current node is S1, and the MTT depth is S2. Taking Figure 7 as an example, the MTT node with a depth of 1 includes: nodes corresponding to a and b (that is, a node including the area where a and b are located), nodes corresponding to c and d, nodes corresponding to e, f, and g, h Corresponding nodes, nodes corresponding to i and j, and nodes corresponding to l and nodes corresponding to m. MTT depth of 1 indicates nodes that can be obtained by performing only one MTT division on the QT leaf nodes obtained after QT division of the CTU; MTT nodes with a depth of 2 include: a corresponding node, b corresponding node, c corresponding node, d corresponding node, e corresponding node, f corresponding node, g corresponding node, and j corresponding , The MTT depth of 2 indicates the node obtained by performing the second MTT division on the QT leaf nodes obtained after the QT division of the CTU. By analogy, there can also be nodes with an MTT depth of 3, 4, or 5, and so on (there are no nodes with an MTT depth greater than 2 in Figure 7).

方式二:根据所述当前节点的划分深度N和第一阈值T1确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域。本实施方式中,当前节点的划分深度N确定为所述当前节点的QT depth。Manner 2: Determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node and a first threshold T1. In this embodiment, the division depth N of the current node is determined as the QT depth of the current node.

如果所述当前节点的划分深度N大于第一阈值T1或者当前节点的多类型树划分深度M大于0,则获取所述当前节点的第K层四叉树节点,其中K=min(N,T1),min(a,b)表示取a和b中的较小值;然后确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述第K层四叉树节点所覆盖的区域。其中,第一阈值T1是预先设置的非负整数,例如可以是0,1,2或3等等。If the partition depth N of the current node is greater than a first threshold T1 or the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node is greater than 0, a K-th level quadtree node of the current node is obtained, where K = min (N, T1 ), Min (a, b) means take the smaller of a and b; then determine that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the K-th level quadtree node. The first threshold T1 is a non-negative integer set in advance, and may be 0, 1, 2, or 3, for example.

所述第K层四叉树节点为从CTU开始经过K次四叉树划分产生的节点中包含当前节点的节点,也就是当前节点的(M+N-K)层父节点。所述第K层四叉树节点的左上角坐标(xK,yK)为:The K-th layer quadtree node is a node that includes the current node among the nodes generated by K quadtree partitioning from the CTU, that is, the (M + N-K) layer parent node of the current node. The coordinates of the upper left corner (xK, yK) of the K-level quadtree node are:

xK=xCb-(xCb&((1<<K1)-1))xK = xCb- (xCb & ((1 << K1) -1))

yK=yCb-(yCb&((1<<K1)-1))yK = yCb- (yCb & ((1 << K1) -1))

其中,xCb和yCb表示当前节点的左上角坐标(xCb,yCb)的水平坐标和竖直坐标,K1=log2(CTUSize)–K。Among them, xCb and yCb represent the horizontal and vertical coordinates of the upper left corner coordinate (xCb, yCb) of the current node, K1 = log2 (CTUSize) -K.

所述第K层四叉树节点的宽和高等于(1<<K1),其中a<<b表示将a左移b位的操作。The width and height of the K-level quadtree node are equal to (1 << K1), where a << b represents the operation of shifting a to the left by b bits.

方式三:根据所述当前节点的划分深度N和第一阈值T1确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域。当前节点为QT-MTT编码树中的一个节点,它可能继续划分,也可能不划分。Manner 3: The area covered by the current quantization group is determined according to the division depth N of the current node and a first threshold T1. The current node is a node in the QT-MTT coding tree, and it may or may not be divided.

具体地,先确定所述当前节点的划分深度N是否等于第一阈值T1,如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第一阈值T1,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。相应的,可以保存这个节点的左上角坐标,还可以保存这个节点的宽和高,当前量化组中的CU可以在亮度QP预测等处理中读取上述保存的信息。Specifically, first determine whether the division depth N of the current node is equal to the first threshold T1, and if the division depth N of the current node is equal to the first threshold T1, determine that the area covered by the current quantization group is the current node The area covered. Correspondingly, the coordinates of the upper left corner of this node can be saved, and the width and height of this node can also be saved. The CU in the current quantization group can read the above-mentioned saved information in processing such as brightness QP prediction.

其中,划分深度N的确定方式和第一阈值T1的取值可以参考方式一。For a manner of determining the division depth N and the value of the first threshold T1, refer to manner 1.

方式四:根据所述当前节点的划分深度N和第一阈值T1确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域。本实施方式中,当前节点的划分深度N确定为所述当前节点的QT depth。Manner 4: The area covered by the current quantization group is determined according to the division depth N of the current node and a first threshold T1. In this embodiment, the division depth N of the current node is determined as the QT depth of the current node.

如果条件一和条件二都成立,则确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;其中,条件一为所述当前节点的划分深度N小于或等于第一阈值T1,条件二为当前节点的多类型树划分深度M等于0。If both condition one and condition two are true, determine that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; where condition one is that the division depth N of the current node is less than or equal to the first threshold T1 The condition two is that the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node is equal to zero.

方式五:根据所述当前节点的划分深度N和第一阈值T1确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域。本实施方式中,当前节点的划分深度N确定为所述当前节点的QT depth。Manner 5: The area covered by the current quantization group is determined according to the division depth N of the current node and a first threshold T1. In this embodiment, the division depth N of the current node is determined as the QT depth of the current node.

如果条件三和条件四都成立,或者如果条件五成立,则确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;其中,条件三为所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第一阈值T1,条件四为当前节点的多类型树划分深度M等于0,条件五为所述当前节点的划分深度N小于第一阈值T1。If both condition three and condition four are true, or if condition five is true, determine that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; where condition three is that the division depth N of the current node is equal to The first threshold T1, the condition four is that the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node is equal to 0, and the condition five is that the partition depth N of the current node is less than the first threshold T1.

方式六:根据所述当前节点的划分深度N和第一阈值T1确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域。本实施方式中,当前节点的划分深度N确定为所述当前节点的QT depth。Manner 6: The area covered by the current quantization group is determined according to the division depth N of the current node and a first threshold T1. In this embodiment, the division depth N of the current node is determined as the QT depth of the current node.

如果条件三和条件四都成立,或者如果条件五和条件六都成立,则确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;其中,条件三为所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第一阈值T1,条件四为当前节点的多类型树划分深度M等于0,条件五为所述当前节点的划分深度N小于第一阈值T1,条件六为当前节点的多类型树划分深度M小于或等于第四阈值T4。If both condition three and condition four are true, or if both condition five and condition six are true, determine that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; where condition three is the current node's The partition depth N is equal to the first threshold T1, the condition four is that the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node is equal to 0, the condition five is that the partition depth N of the current node is less than the first threshold T1, and the condition six is the multi-type tree of the current node The division depth M is less than or equal to the fourth threshold T4.

第四阈值T4是预先设置的正整数,例如T4可以为1、2或3等等,又例如T4=T1-N。The fourth threshold T4 is a preset positive integer, for example, T4 may be 1, 2, or 3, and so on, and for example, T4 = T1-N.

方式七:根据所述当前节点的划分深度N和第一阈值T1确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域。本实施方式中,当前节点的划分深度N确定为所述当前节点的QT depth。Method 7: Determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node and a first threshold T1. In this embodiment, the division depth N of the current node is determined as the QT depth of the current node.

如果条件一和条件七都成立,则确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;其中,条件一为所述当前节点的划分深度N小于或等于第一阈值T1,条件七为当前节点的多类型树划分深度M小于或等于T1-N。If both condition one and condition seven are satisfied, it is determined that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; wherein condition one is that the division depth N of the current node is less than or equal to the first threshold T1 , Condition 7 is that the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node is less than or equal to T1-N.

方式八:根据所述当前节点的划分深度N,所述当前节点的划分方式,以及第二阈值T2确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域。Method 8: Determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node, the division method of the current node, and the second threshold T2.

具体地:specifically:

1、如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第二阈值T2减1,且所述当前节点的划分方式为三叉树划分方式,则确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或1. If the division depth N of the current node is equal to the second threshold T2 minus 1, and the division mode of the current node is a tri-tree division manner, determine that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node. The area covered; or

2、如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第二阈值T2,且所述当前节点的划分方式为二叉树划分方式或四叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或2. If the division depth N of the current node is equal to a second threshold T2, and the division mode of the current node is a binary tree division mode or a quadtree division mode, determine that the area covered by the current quantization group is the current The area covered by the node; or

3、如果所述当前节点的划分深度小于或等于第二阈值,且所述当前节点不再划分,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。在这种情况下,当前量化组所覆盖的区域是一个CU的覆盖区域。3. If the division depth of the current node is less than or equal to a second threshold, and the current node is no longer divided, determine that an area covered by the current quantization group is an area covered by the current node. In this case, the area covered by the current quantization group is the coverage area of one CU.

其中,第二阈值T2是预先设置的正整数,例如,可以将第二阈值T2设置为第一阈值T1的X倍,X为大于1的整数,例如X可以为2,3或4等等。也可以直接将T2设置为2、3、4、6、8、或9等等。The second threshold value T2 is a preset positive integer. For example, the second threshold value T2 may be set to be X times the first threshold value T1, and X is an integer greater than 1, for example, X may be 2, 3, 4, or the like. You can also directly set T2 to 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, or 9 and so on.

其中,所述当前节点的划分深度N可以根据所述当前节点的QT depth与所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db确定。例如,在一种实施方式中,N=Dq*2+Db,在另一种实施方式中N=Dq+Db。其中,Dq为所述当前节点的QT depth。The division depth N of the current node may be determined according to the QT depth of the current node and the binary tree division depth Db of the current node. For example, in one embodiment, N = Dq * 2 + Db, and in another embodiment, N = Dq + Db. Wherein, Dq is the QT depth of the current node.

其中,由于MTT划分可以是二叉树划分,三叉树划分或四叉树划分,因此在不同的划分方式下,当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db可以有不同的确定方式,具体地,需要将非二叉树划分的划分深度转换为二叉树划分深度,例如可以采用如下的方式进行该转换:Among them, since the MTT division can be a binary tree division, a tri-tree division, or a quad-tree division, under different division modes, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node can be determined in different ways. Specifically, the non-binary tree division needs to be divided. The partition depth is converted into a binary tree partition depth. For example, the conversion can be performed in the following manner:

若所述当前节点为MTT根节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为0;If the current node is a MTT root node, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is 0;

若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点(即当前节点的MTT depth大于0),如果所述当前节点为通过二叉树划分方式获得的子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为 所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加1;If the current node is an MTT node and the non-MTT root node (that is, the MTT depth of the current node is greater than 0), and if the current node is a child node obtained by binary tree division, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is Describe the binary tree partition depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1;

若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过三叉树划分方式获得的中间子节点(即三个子节点中位于中间的子节点),所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加1;或If the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node, and if the current node is an intermediate child node obtained through a tri-tree partition method (that is, a child node located in the middle among the three child nodes), the current node is a binary tree partition. The depth Db is the binary tree division depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; or

若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过三叉树划分方式获得的非中间子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加2。If the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node, and if the current node is a non-intermediate child node obtained by a tri-tree partition method, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is a direct parent node of the current node The binary tree divides the depth plus 2.

可以看出,以N=Dq*2+Db方式确定的划分深度与节点的面积一一对应,例如CTU为128x128大小时,节点的划分深度为N,则节点的面积为(128x128)>>N。It can be seen that the division depth determined in the manner of N = Dq * 2 + Db corresponds to the area of the node one by one. For example, when the CTU is 128x128, the division depth of the node is N, and the area of the node is (128x128) >> N .

方式九:根据所述当前节点的划分深度N,所述当前节点的划分方式,以及第二阈值T3确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域。Method Nine: Determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node, the division method of the current node, and the second threshold T3.

具体地:specifically:

1、如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3减1,且所述当前节点的划分方式为三叉树划分方式或四叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;1. If the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3 minus 1, and the division mode of the current node is a tri-tree division or a quad-tree division, determine that the area covered by the current quantization group is An area covered by the current node;

2、如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3,且所述当前节点的划分方式为二叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或2. If the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3, and the division manner of the current node is a binary tree division manner, determine that an area covered by the current quantization group is an area covered by the current node; or

3、如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3,且所述当前节点不再划分时,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。在这种情况下,当前量化组所覆盖的区域是一个CU的覆盖区域。3. If the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3, and the current node is no longer divided, determine that an area covered by the current quantization group is an area covered by the current node. In this case, the area covered by the current quantization group is the coverage area of one CU.

其中,第三阈值T3可以是预设的正整数,例如可以是3,4或5等等。The third threshold T3 may be a preset positive integer, for example, it may be 3, 4, or 5, and so on.

其中,所述当前节点的划分深度N的确定方式可以参考方式三。For a manner of determining the division depth N of the current node, refer to manner three.

903、获取所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域中的当前CU的QP差分值。903. Obtain a QP difference value of a current CU in an area covered by the current quantization group.

该步骤的具体实现可以参考现有的实现方式,例如可以参考HEVC标准中的CuQpDeltaVal方式。更具体的,如果当前CU为当前QG中第一个有残差的CU,则从码流中解析当前CU的QP差分值(例如由绝对值和符号构成)。如果当前CU编码顺序上位于当前QG中第一个有残差的CU之后,则当前CU的QP差分值确定为当前QG中第一个有残差的CU的QP差分值。如果当前CU编码顺序上位于当前QG中第一个有残差的CU之前,则当前CU的QP差分值确定为0。其中,当前CU的编码块标志位(coded block flag,cbf)cbf_luma,cbf_cb,cbf_cr中至少有一个非零,则指示当前CU有残差。For specific implementation of this step, reference may be made to an existing implementation manner, for example, a CuQpDeltaVal manner in the HEVC standard may be referred to. More specifically, if the current CU is the first residual CU in the current QG, the QP difference value (for example, an absolute value and a sign) of the current CU is parsed from the code stream. If the current CU coding sequence is located after the first residual CU in the current QG, the QP differential value of the current CU is determined as the QP differential value of the first residual CU in the current QG. If the current CU coding order is before the first residual CU in the current QG, the QP differential value of the current CU is determined to be 0. Among them, at least one of the coded block flag (cbf) cbf_luma, cbf_cb, and cbf_cr of the current CU indicates that the current CU has a residual.

904、根据所述当前CU的QP差分值获取所述当前CU的重构图像。904. Obtain a reconstructed image of the current CU according to a QP difference value of the current CU.

该步骤的具体实现可以参考现有的实现方式,例如可以参考HEVC标准中的方式,又例如可参考H.264/AVC标准中的方式。例如,可以根据所述当前CU的QP差分值获得所述当前CU的反量化系数;根据所述当前CU的反量化系数获得所述当前CU的重建残差块;再根 据所述当前CU的重建残差块获取所述当前CU的重构图像。For specific implementation of this step, reference may be made to an existing implementation manner, for example, a manner in the HEVC standard, and a manner in the H.264 / AVC standard, for example. For example, the inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU may be obtained according to the QP difference value of the current CU; the reconstruction residual block of the current CU is obtained according to the inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU; and then the reconstruction of the current CU The residual block obtains a reconstructed image of the current CU.

具体地,可以先根据当前量化组的左上角坐标,获取左相邻位置的亮度QPA和上相邻位置的亮度QPB,并由QPA和QPB得到当前QG的亮度QP预测值。具体实现可以参考HEVC中的计算qP Y_PRED的方法。记当前QG的左上角坐标为Pqg=(xQg,yQg),当前QG的左相邻位置为PA=(xQg-1,yQg),上相邻位置为PB=(xQg,yQg-1)。上相邻位置亮度QP即为覆盖上相邻位置PB的编码单元的亮度QP;如果上相邻位置不可得(例如上相邻位置在当前条带之外或者上相邻位置还没有完成重建)或者上相邻位置与当前块不属于同一个区块(Tile)时,将上相邻位置亮度QP设置为前一个QG中最后一个CU的亮度QP(如HEVC标准中的qP Y_PREV)。相似的,左相邻位置亮度QP即为覆盖左相邻位置PA的编码单元的亮度QP;如果左相邻位置不可得或者左相邻位置与当前块不属于同一个区块时,将左相邻位置亮度QP设置为前一个QG中最后一个CU的亮度QP。 Specifically, the brightness QPA of the left adjacent position and the brightness QPB of the upper adjacent position may be obtained according to the coordinates of the upper left corner of the current quantization group, and the predicted brightness QP value of the current QG may be obtained from QPA and QPB. For specific implementation, refer to the method for calculating qP Y_PRED in HEVC. Let the coordinates of the upper left corner of the current QG be Pqg = (xQg, yQg), the left adjacent position of the current QG is PA = (xQg-1, yQg), and the upper adjacent position is PB = (xQg, yQg-1). The brightness QP of the upper neighboring position is the brightness QP of the coding unit covering the upper neighboring position PB; if the upper neighboring position is unavailable (for example, the upper neighboring position is outside the current band or the upper neighboring position has not yet been reconstructed) Or when the upper neighboring position and the current block do not belong to the same block (Tile), the brightness QP of the upper neighboring position is set to the brightness QP of the last CU in the previous QG (such as qP Y_PREV in the HEVC standard). Similarly, the brightness QP of the left neighboring position is the brightness QP of the coding unit covering the left neighboring position PA; if the left neighboring position is not available or the left neighboring position does not belong to the same block as the current block, the left phase The neighboring position luminance QP is set to the luminance QP of the last CU in the previous QG.

由QPA和QPB得到当前QG的亮度QP预测值可使用以下方法之一:To obtain the current QG brightness QP prediction value from QPA and QPB, one of the following methods can be used:

方法一:以QPA和QPB的平均值作为亮度QP预测值。此方法如HEVC中的方法。Method 1: The average value of QPA and QPB is used as the brightness QP prediction value. This method is like the method in HEVC.

方法二:当前CU的面积为R1,左相邻位置所在CU的面积为R2,上相邻位置所在CU的面积为R3;如果max(R1,R2)/min(R1,R2)*Th<max(R1,R3)/min(R1,R3),则亮度QP预测值设置为QPA;max(R1,R2)/min(R1,R2)>max(R1,R3)/min(R1,R3)*Th,则亮度QP预测值设置为QPB;否则亮度QP预测值设置为QPA和QPB的平均值。其中max(a,b)为取a和b中的较大值,min(a,b)为取a和b中的较小值,Th为大于或等于1的正数,例如Th=1,2或4。Method 2: The area of the current CU is R1, the area of the CU on the left adjacent position is R2, and the area of the CU on the upper adjacent position is R3; if max (R1, R2) / min (R1, R2) * Th <max (R1, R3) / min (R1, R3), then the brightness QP prediction value is set to QPA; max (R1, R2) / min (R1, R2)> max (R1, R3) / min (R1, R3) * Th, the brightness QP prediction value is set to QPB; otherwise, the brightness QP prediction value is set to the average of QPA and QPB. Where max (a, b) is the larger of a and b, min (a, b) is the smaller of a and b, and Th is a positive number greater than or equal to 1, for example, Th = 1, 2 or 4.

由于一个QG中所有CU的亮度QP预测值的计算方法相同,所以作为一种简化的实现方式,可以在解码一个QG的第一个CU时,执行QG的亮度QP预测值计算处理,并将此亮度QP预测值用于该QG中的其它CU,从而减少计算。Since the calculation method of the brightness QP prediction values of all CUs in a QG is the same, as a simplified implementation, when decoding the first CU of a QG, the calculation process of the QG brightness QP prediction value is performed, and this The luminance QP prediction value is used for other CUs in the QG, thereby reducing calculations.

然后将当前QG的亮度块量化参数预测值和当前CU的QP差分值(QP delta)相加得到当前CU的亮度QP。具体地,Qp Y=((qP Y_PRED+CuQpDeltaVal+52+2*QpBdOffset Y)%(52+QpBdOffset Y))-QpBdOffset Y,其中qP Y_PRED为亮度块量化参数预测值,CuQpDeltaVal为当前CU的QP差分值,QpBdOffsetY为与亮度分量比特位宽相关的预设常数(如亮度分量比特位宽为8时,QpBdOffsetY为0;亮度分量比特位宽为10时,QpBdOffsetY为12)。 Then, the predicted value of the quantization parameter of the luminance block of the current QG and the QP delta value (QP delta) of the current CU are added to obtain the luminance QP of the current CU. Specifically, Qp Y = ((qP Y_PRED + CuQpDeltaVal + 52 + 2 * QpBdOffset Y )% (52 + QpBdOffset Y ))-QpBdOffset Y , where qP Y_PRED is the predicted value of the luminance block quantization parameter and CuQpDeltaVal is the QP difference of the current CU Value, QpBdOffsetY is a preset constant related to the luminance component bit width (eg, when the luminance component bit width is 8, QpBdOffsetY is 0; when the luminance component bit width is 10, QpBdOffsetY is 12).

可选的,作为一种改进的处理方式,如果当前QG中第一个有残差的CU的QP差分值不等于0,则将当前QG中编码顺序在第一个有残差的CU之前的所有CU的亮度QP修改为第一个有残差的CU的亮度QP。亦即,将当前QG内所有CU的QP差分值均设置为当前CU的QP差分值,将当前QG内所有CU的QP值均设置为当前CU的QP值。所设置QP值将用于后续编解码操作,例如去块滤波、QP预测等。Optionally, as an improved processing method, if the QP difference value of the first residual CU in the current QG is not equal to 0, the encoding order in the current QG is before the first residual CU. The brightness QP of all CUs is modified to the brightness QP of the first residual CU. That is, the QP difference values of all CUs in the current QG are set to the QP difference values of the current CU, and the QP values of all CUs in the current QG are set to the QP values of the current CU. The set QP value will be used for subsequent codec operations, such as deblocking filtering and QP prediction.

在获得当前CU的亮度QP和色度QP后,可对当前CU的变换系数进行反量化、反变换处理,得到当前CU的残差图像。After obtaining the luminance QP and chrominance QP of the current CU, the transform coefficients of the current CU can be subjected to inverse quantization and inverse transform processing to obtain the residual image of the current CU.

根据当前CU的预测模式对当前CU执行帧间预测处理或帧内预测处理,得到当前CU的帧间预测图像或帧内预测图像。Inter-prediction processing or intra-prediction processing is performed on the current CU according to the prediction mode of the current CU to obtain an inter-prediction image or an intra-prediction image of the current CU.

将当前CU的残差图像叠加到当前CU的预测图像上,产生当前CU的重建图像。The residual image of the current CU is superimposed on the prediction image of the current CU to generate a reconstructed image of the current CU.

其中,在一种实施方式中,获得亮度QP后,还可以由亮度QP和色度QP之间的映射关系和色度QP的偏置值,得到色度QP。本发明实施例对具体的实现方式不作限定。In one embodiment, after obtaining the luminance QP, the chrominance QP can also be obtained from the mapping relationship between the luminance QP and the chrominance QP and the offset value of the chrominance QP. The embodiment of the present invention does not limit the specific implementation manner.

本发明另一实施例还提供了一种视频解码器30,包括:Another embodiment of the present invention further provides a video decoder 30, including:

熵解码单元304,用于解析编码树划分信息,获得当前节点根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域;获取所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域中当前CU的QP差分值;根据所述当前CU的QP差分值确定所述当前CU的亮度QP。Entropy decoding unit 304 is configured to parse the coding tree partition information to obtain the current node determines the area covered by the current quantization group according to the current node's division depth N; obtain the QP difference of the current CU in the area covered by the current quantization group Value; determining the brightness QP of the current CU according to the QP difference value of the current CU.

在一种实施方式中,根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域包括确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。在确定了该左上角坐标后就能够确定当前量化组所覆盖的具体的区域。因此在如下的描述中,确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域可以理解为确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。In an implementation manner, determining the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes determining coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group. After the coordinates of the upper left corner are determined, the specific area covered by the current quantization group can be determined. Therefore, in the following description, determining the area covered by the current quantization group can be understood as determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group.

逆量化单元310,用于根据所述当前CU的亮度QP获得所述当前CU的反量化系数。The inverse quantization unit 310 is configured to obtain an inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU according to the brightness QP of the current CU.

逆变换处理单元312,用于根据所述当前CU的反量化系数获得所述当前CU的重建残差块。An inverse transform processing unit 312 is configured to obtain a reconstruction residual block of the current CU according to an inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU.

重构单元314,用于根据所述当前CU的重建残差块获取所述当前CU的重构图像。A reconstruction unit 314 is configured to obtain a reconstructed image of the current CU according to a reconstruction residual block of the current CU.

其中,视频解码器30的具体实现可以参考图9所描述的方法,此处不再赘述。For specific implementation of the video decoder 30, reference may be made to the method described in FIG. 9, and details are not described herein again.

在一种实施方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述熵解码单元304,具体用于根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域或根据所述当前节点的多类型划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域;如果所述N大于第一阈值T1或者所述M大于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点的第K层四叉树节点所覆盖的区域;其中K为N和T1中的较小值;所述第K层四叉树节点为从编码树单元CTU开始经过K次四叉树划分产生的节点中包含当前节点的四叉树节点。In an implementation manner, the division depth N of the current node is the quadtree division depth N of the current node; and the entropy decoding unit 304 is specifically configured to determine the current quantization according to the division depth N of the current node. The area covered by the group or the multi-type partition depth M of the current node determines the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is greater than a first threshold T1 or the M is greater than 0, the current quantization group is The area covered is the area covered by the K-level quadtree node of the current node; where K is the smaller value of N and T1; the K-level quadtree node passes through from the coding tree unit CTU The nodes generated by K quadtree partitions include the quadtree nodes of the current node.

其中,所述第K层四叉树节点即为所述当前节点的第(M+N-K)层父节点。The K-layer quadtree node is the (M + N-K) -layer parent node of the current node.

在一种实施方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述熵解码单元304,具体用于根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域;如果所述N小于或等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。In an implementation manner, the division depth N of the current node is the quadtree division depth N of the current node; the entropy decoding unit 304 is specifically configured to divide the depth N according to the quadtree division of the current node And the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determines the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is less than or equal to a first threshold T1 and the M is equal to 0, the area covered by the current quantization group is The area is the area covered by the current node.

在一种实施方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述熵解码单元304,具体用于根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域或者根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域;如果所述N等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或者如果所述N小于第一阈值T1,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。In an implementation manner, the division depth N of the current node is the quadtree division depth N of the current node; the entropy decoding unit 304 is specifically configured to divide the depth N according to the quadtree division of the current node Determine the area covered by the current quantization group or determine the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; if the N Is equal to the first threshold T1, and M is 0, the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if N is less than the first threshold T1, the current quantization group covers The area is the area covered by the current node.

在一种实施方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述熵解码单元304,具体用于根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的 多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域;如果所述N等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或者如果所述N小于第一阈值T1,且所述M小于或等于第四阈值T4,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。In an implementation manner, the division depth N of the current node is the quadtree division depth N of the current node; the entropy decoding unit 304 is specifically configured to divide the depth N according to the quadtree division of the current node And the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determines the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is equal to a first threshold T1 and the M is equal to 0, the area covered by the current quantization group is The area covered by the current node; or if N is less than a first threshold T1 and M is less than or equal to a fourth threshold T4, the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node .

在一种实施方式中,所述第四阈值T4可以是预先设置的正整数,例如可以为1,2,3,或4等等。In an implementation manner, the fourth threshold T4 may be a preset positive integer, for example, may be 1, 2, 3, or 4, and so on.

在一种实施方式中,所述第四阈值可以根据第一阈值T1和所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N确定,例如可以为T4=T1-N。In an implementation manner, the fourth threshold may be determined according to the first threshold T1 and the quadtree partition depth N of the current node, and may be, for example, T4 = T1-N.

在一种实施方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;所述熵解码单元304,具体用于根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域;如果所述N小于或等于第一阈值T1,且所述M小于或等于T1-N,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。In an implementation manner, the division depth N of the current node is the quadtree division depth N of the current node; the entropy decoding unit 304 is specifically configured to divide the depth N according to the quadtree division of the current node And the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node determines the area covered by the current quantization group; if N is less than or equal to a first threshold T1, and M is less than or equal to T1-N, the current quantization The area covered by the group is the area covered by the current node.

在一种实施方式中,所述熵解码单元304可以具体用于:如果所述当前节点的划分深度N大于第一阈值T1,获取所述当前节点的第(N-T1)层父节点;确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述第(N-T1)层父节点所覆盖的区域。In an implementation manner, the entropy decoding unit 304 may be specifically configured to: if the current partition depth N of the current node is greater than a first threshold T1, obtain the (N-T1) -th level parent node of the current node; determine The area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the (N-T1) layer parent node.

在一种实施方式中,所述熵解码单元304可以具体用于:如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第一阈值T1,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。In an implementation manner, the entropy decoding unit 304 may be specifically configured to: if the partition depth N of the current node is equal to a first threshold T1, determine that an area covered by the current quantization group is covered by the current node Area.

在一种实施方式中,所述当前节点的划分深度为所述当前节点的QT depth;或所述当前节点的划分深度为所述当前节点的QT depth与所述当前节点的MTT depth之和。In an implementation manner, the division depth of the current node is the QT depth of the current node; or the division depth of the current node is the sum of the QT depth of the current node and the MTT depth of the current node.

在一种实施方式中,所述第一阈值T1为0,1,2,或3。In one embodiment, the first threshold T1 is 0, 1, 2, or 3.

在一种实施方式中,所述熵解码单元304,还可以用于获取所述当前节点的划分方式;如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第二阈值T2减1,且所述当前节点的划分方式为三叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第二阈值T2,且所述当前节点的划分方式为二叉树划分方式或四叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或或如果所述当前节点的划分深度小于或等于第二阈值,且所述当前节点不再划分,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。In an implementation manner, the entropy decoding unit 304 may be further configured to obtain a division manner of the current node; if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a second threshold T2 minus 1, and the current node's The division method is a tri-tree division method, and it is determined that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a second threshold T2, and the current node's The division manner is a binary tree division manner or a quadtree division manner, and it is determined that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if the current node has a division depth less than or equal to a second threshold, And the current node is no longer divided, and it is determined that an area covered by the current quantization group is an area covered by the current node.

在一种实施方式中,所述第二阈值为2、3、4、6、8、或9。In one embodiment, the second threshold is 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, or 9.

在一种实施方式中,所述熵解码单元304,还可以用于获取所述当前节点的划分方式;如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3减1,且所述当前节点的划分方式为三叉树划分方式或四叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3,且所述当前节点的划分方式为二叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域;或如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3,且所述当前节点不再划分时,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域。In an implementation manner, the entropy decoding unit 304 may be further configured to obtain a division manner of the current node; if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3 minus 1, and the current node's The division method is a tri-tree division method or a quad-tree division method, and it is determined that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; if the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3, and The current node is partitioned in a binary tree, and it is determined that the area covered by the current quantization group is the area covered by the current node; or if the current node's partition depth N is equal to a third threshold T3, and When the current node is no longer divided, it is determined that an area covered by the current quantization group is an area covered by the current node.

在一种实施方式中,所述第三阈值可以为3,4或5等等。In an embodiment, the third threshold may be 3, 4, or 5, and so on.

在一种实施方式中,所述熵解码单元304可以具体用于:根据所述当前节点的QT depth与所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db确定所述当前节点的划分深度N。In an implementation manner, the entropy decoding unit 304 may be specifically configured to determine a partition depth N of the current node according to a QT depth of the current node and a binary tree partition depth Db of the current node.

在一种实施方式中,所述熵解码单元304可以具体用于采用如下计算式确定所述当前节点的划分深度N:N=Dq*2+Db;其中,所述Dq为所述当前节点的QT depth。In an implementation manner, the entropy decoding unit 304 may be specifically configured to determine the division depth N of the current node by using the following calculation formula: N = Dq * 2 + Db; where Dq is a value of the current node QT depth.

在一种实施方式中,若所述当前节点为MTT根节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为0;若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过二叉树划分方式获得的子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加1;若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过三叉树划分方式获得的中间子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加1;或若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过三叉树划分方式获得的非中间子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加2。In one embodiment, if the current node is a MTT root node, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is 0; if the current node is a MTT node and is not a MTT root node, if the current node is a pass For a child node obtained in a binary tree division mode, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is the binary tree division depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; if the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node, if the The current node is an intermediate child node obtained through a tri-tree division method, and the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is the binary tree division depth of the immediate parent of the current node plus 1; or if the current node is an MTT node and is not For the MTT root node, if the current node is a non-intermediate child node obtained through a tri-tree partition, the binary tree partition depth Db of the current node is the binary tree partition depth of the immediate parent node of the current node plus two.

在一种实施方式中,所述熵解码单元304,还用于如果所述当前量化组中第一个有残差的CU的QP差分值不等于0,则将所述当前量化组中编码顺序在所述第一个有残差的CU之前的所有CU的亮度QP修改为第一个有残差的CU的亮度QP。相应地,若所述当前CU是所述当前量化组中第一个有残差的CU之前的CU,所述逆量化单元310具体用于:根据所述第一个有残差的CU的亮度QP获取所述当前CU的反量化系数。In an implementation manner, the entropy decoding unit 304 is further configured to: if the QP difference value of the first residual CU in the current quantization group is not equal to 0, then encode the encoding order in the current quantization group. The brightness QP of all CUs before the first residual CU is modified to the brightness QP of the first residual CU. Accordingly, if the current CU is a CU before the first residual CU in the current quantization group, the inverse quantization unit 310 is specifically configured to: according to the brightness of the first residual CU QP obtains the inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU.

本发明实施例还提供了一种视频解码器,包括用于执行上述任一所述的方法的执行电路。An embodiment of the present invention further provides a video decoder, which includes an execution circuit for performing any one of the foregoing methods.

本发明实施例还提供了一种视频解码器,包括:至少一个处理器;和与所述至少一个处理器耦合的非易失性计算机可读存储介质,所述非易失性计算机可读存储介质存储有可被所述至少一个处理器执行的计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被所述至少一个处理器执行时,使得所述视频解码器用于执行上一任一所述的方法。An embodiment of the present invention further provides a video decoder, including: at least one processor; and a non-volatile computer-readable storage medium coupled to the at least one processor, the non-volatile computer-readable storage The medium stores a computer program executable by the at least one processor, and when the computer program is executed by the at least one processor, causes the video decoder to perform any one of the methods described above.

本发明实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储可被处理器执行的计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被所述至少一个处理器执行时,执行上述任一所述的方法。An embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program executable by a processor, and when the computer program is executed by the at least one processor, performing any one of the foregoing methods. .

本发明实施例还提供了一种计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被执行时,执行上述任一所述的方法。An embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer program, and when the computer program is executed, any one of the foregoing methods is performed.

在一个或一个以上实例中,所描述功能可以硬件、软件、固件或其任何组合来实施。如果在软件中实施,那么所述功能可作为一或多个指令或代码在计算机可读介质上存储或传输,并且由基于硬件的处理单元执行。计算机可读介质可以包含计算机可读存储介质,其对应于例如数据存储介质或通信介质的有形介质,通信介质例如根据通信协议包含有助于将计算机程序从一处传送到另一处的任何介质。以此方式,计算机可读介质通常可对应于(1)非暂时性的有形计算机可读存储介质,或(2)通信介质,例如,信号或载波。数据存储介质可以是可由一或多个计算机或一或多个处理器存取以检索用于实施本发明中描述的技术的指令、代码和/或数据结构的任何可用介质。计算机程序产品可包含计算机可读 介质。In one or more examples, the functions described may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored or transmitted as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium and executed by a hardware-based processing unit. A computer-readable medium may include a computer-readable storage medium, which corresponds to a tangible medium such as a data storage medium or a communication medium including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another according to a communication protocol . In this manner, computer-readable media generally may correspond to (1) tangible computer-readable storage media that is non-transitory, or (2) a communication medium such as a signal or carrier wave. A data storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by one or more computers or one or more processors to retrieve instructions, codes, and / or data structures used to implement the techniques described in this disclosure. The computer program product may include a computer-readable medium.

借助于实例而非限制,此类计算机可读存储介质可包括RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其它光盘存储器、磁盘存储器或其它磁性存储设备、闪存,或可用以存储呈指令或数据结构形式的所需程序代码且可由计算机存取的任何其它介质。并且,任何连接可适当地称为计算机可读介质。举例来说,如果使用同轴电缆、光纤缆线、双绞线、数字订户线(digital subscriber line,DSL)或例如红外线、无线电及微波等无线技术从网站、服务器或其它远程源传输指令,则同轴电缆、光纤缆线、双绞线、DSL或例如红外线、无线电及微波等无线技术包含在介质的定义中。但是,应理解,所述计算机可读存储介质及数据存储介质并不包括连接、载波、信号或其它暂时性介质,而是实际上针对于非暂时性有形存储介质。如本文中所使用,磁盘和光盘包含压缩光盘(compact disc,CD)、激光光盘、光学光盘、数字多功能光盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)、软性磁盘及蓝光光盘,其中磁盘通常以磁性方式再现数据,而光盘用激光以光学方式再现数据。以上各项的组合也应包含于计算机可读介质的范围内。By way of example and not limitation, such computer-readable storage media may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, flash memory, or may be used to store instructions or data structures Any other media that requires program code and is accessible by the computer. Also, any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium. For example, if a coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technology such as infrared, radio, and microwave is used to transmit instructions from a website, server, or other remote source, then Coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave are included in the definition of the medium. It should be understood, however, that the computer-readable storage media and data storage media do not include connections, carrier waves, signals, or other temporary media, but are actually directed to non-transitory tangible storage media. As used herein, magnetic disks and compact discs include compact discs (CDs), laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (DVDs), flexible discs and Blu-ray discs, where the discs are usually magnetic The data is reproduced, while the optical disk uses a laser to reproduce the data optically. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of computer-readable media.

指令可以由一或多个处理器执行,所述一或多个处理器例如是一或多个数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、通用微处理器、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程逻辑阵列(field programmable logic arrays,FPGA)或其它等效的集成或离散逻辑电路。因此,如本文中所使用的术语“处理器”可指代上述结构或适用于实施本文中所描述的技术的任何其它结构中的任一者。另外,在一些方面中,本文中所描述的功能性可在用于编码和解码的专用硬件和/或软件模块内提供,或并入在合成编解码器中。并且,所述技术可完全实施于一或多个电路或逻辑元件中。The instructions may be executed by one or more processors, such as one or more digital signal processors (DSPs), general purpose microprocessors, application specific integrated circuits , ASIC), field programmable logic array (field programmable logic arrays, FPGA) or other equivalent integrated or discrete logic circuits. Accordingly, the term "processor" as used herein may refer to any of the above-described structures or any other structure suitable for implementing the techniques described herein. Additionally, in some aspects, the functionality described herein may be provided within dedicated hardware and / or software modules for encoding and decoding, or incorporated in a composite codec. Also, the techniques could be fully implemented in one or more circuits or logic elements.

本公开的技术可以在包含无线手持机、集成电路(integrated circuit,IC)或IC集合(例如,芯片组)的多种设备或装置中实施。本公开描述各种组件、模块或单元是为了强调用于执行所揭示的技术的设备的功能方面,但未必需要通过不同硬件单元实现。确切地,如上文所描述,各种单元可结合合适的软件和/或固件组合在编解码器硬件单元中,或由互操作硬件单元的集合来提供,所述硬件单元包含如上文所描述的一或多个处理器。The techniques of this disclosure may be implemented in a variety of devices or devices that include a wireless handset, an integrated circuit (IC), or a collection of ICs (eg, a chipset). The present disclosure describes various components, modules, or units to emphasize functional aspects of the device for performing the disclosed techniques, but does not necessarily need to be implemented by different hardware units. Specifically, as described above, the various units may be combined in a codec hardware unit in combination with suitable software and / or firmware, or provided by a collection of interoperable hardware units, which include as described above One or more processors.

Claims (39)

一种视频解码方法,其特征在于,包括:A video decoding method, comprising: 解析编码树划分信息,获得当前节点;Parse the coding tree partition information to obtain the current node; 根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;Determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node; 获取所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域中的当前编码单元CU的量化参数QP差分值;和Acquiring a quantization parameter QP difference value of a current coding unit CU in an area covered by the current quantization group; and 根据所述当前CU的QP差分值获取所述当前CU的重构图像。Obtain a reconstructed image of the current CU according to the QP difference value of the current CU. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;The method according to claim 1, wherein the partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; 所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:The determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes: 根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标或根据所述当前节点的多类型划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N大于第一阈值T1或者所述M大于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点的第K层四叉树节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;其中K为N和T1中的较小值;所述第K层四叉树节点为从编码树单元CTU开始经过K次四叉树划分产生的节点中包含当前节点的四叉树节点。Determine the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node or determine the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the multi-type division depth M of the current node; If N is greater than the first threshold T1 or M is greater than 0, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the K-th level quadtree node of the current node; K is a smaller value of N and T1; the K-th level quadtree node is a quadtree node including the current node among the nodes generated by the quadtree partitioning K times from the coding tree unit CTU. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;The method according to claim 1, wherein the partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; 所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:The determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes: 根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N小于或等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。Determine the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; if the N is less than or equal to a first threshold T1 And M is equal to 0, and the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;The method according to claim 1, wherein the partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; 所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:The determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes: 根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标或者根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;或者如果所述N小于第一阈值T1,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。Determine the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad tree partition depth N of the current node or the quad tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth of the current node M determines the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is equal to the first threshold T1 and M is 0, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group is the current The coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the node; or if the N is less than the first threshold T1, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节 点的四叉树划分深度N;The method according to claim 1, wherein the division depth N of the current node is the quadtree division depth N of the current node; 所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:The determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes: 根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;或者如果所述N小于第一阈值T1,且所述M小于或等于第四阈值T4,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。Determine the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; if the N is equal to a first threshold T1, and The M is equal to 0, and the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node; It is equal to the fourth threshold T4, and the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;The method according to claim 1, wherein the partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; 所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:The determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes: 根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N小于或等于第一阈值T1,且所述M小于或等于T1-N,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。Determine the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; if the N is less than or equal to a first threshold T1 And M is less than or equal to T1-N, and the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node comprises: 如果所述当前节点的划分深度N大于第一阈值T1,获取所述当前节点的第(N-T1)层父节点;If the division depth N of the current node is greater than a first threshold T1, obtaining a (N-T1) -layer parent node of the current node; 确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述第(N-T1)层父节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。It is determined that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the (N-T1) -layer parent node. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node comprises: 如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第一阈值T1,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。If the division depth N of the current node is equal to the first threshold T1, it is determined that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node. 如权利要求2-8任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一阈值T1是预先设置的非负整数。The method according to any one of claims 2 to 8, wherein the first threshold T1 is a non-negative integer set in advance. 如权利要求2-9任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一阈值T1为0,1,2,或3。The method according to any one of claims 2-9, wherein the first threshold T1 is 0, 1, 2, or 3. 如权利要求7至10任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述当前节点的划分深度为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度QT depth。The method according to any one of claims 7 to 10, wherein a partition depth of the current node is a quadtree partition depth QT depth of the current node. 如权利要求7至10任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述当前节点的划分深度为所述当前节点的QT depth与所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度MTT depth之和。The method according to any one of claims 7 to 10, wherein a partition depth of the current node is a sum of a QT depth of the current node and a multi-type tree partition depth MTT of the current node. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising: 获取所述当前节点的划分方式;Obtaining a division manner of the current node; 所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:The determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes: 如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第二阈值T2减1,且所述当前节点的划分方式为三叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;或If the division depth N of the current node is equal to the second threshold T2 minus 1, and the division mode of the current node is a tri-tree division manner, it is determined that the upper-left corner coordinate of the area covered by the current quantization group is the current node. The coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area covered; or 如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第二阈值T2,且所述当前节点的划分方式为二叉树划分方式或四叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。If the division depth N of the current node is equal to the second threshold T2, and the division mode of the current node is a binary tree division mode or a quadtree division mode, it is determined that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group The coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising: 获取所述当前节点的划分方式;Obtaining a division manner of the current node; 所述根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标包括:The determining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node includes: 如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3减1,且所述当前节点的划分方式为三叉树划分方式或四叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;或If the current partition depth N of the current node is equal to the third threshold T3 minus 1, and the current node is divided into a tri-tree or quad-tree, determine the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group. The coordinates are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node; or 如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3,且所述当前节点的划分方式为二叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。If the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3, and the division manner of the current node is a binary tree division manner, it is determined that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are covered by the current node. The coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area. 如权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述当前节点的划分深度N根据所述当前节点的QT depth与所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db确定。The method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the division depth N of the current node is determined according to the QT depth of the current node and the binary tree division depth Db of the current node. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述当前节点的划分深度N采用如下计算式确定:The method according to claim 15, wherein the division depth N of the current node is determined using the following calculation formula: N=Dq*2+Db;N = Dq * 2 + Db; 所述Dq为所述当前节点的QT depth。The Dq is the QT depth of the current node. 如权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述当前节点为多类型树MTT划分根节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为0;The method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein if the current node is a multi-type tree MTT partition root node, the binary tree partition depth Db of the current node is 0; 若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过二叉树划分方式获得的子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加1;If the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node, and if the current node is a child node obtained by binary tree partitioning, the binary tree partition depth Db of the current node is the binary tree partition of the immediate parent of the current node Add 1 to the depth 若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过三叉树划分方式获得的中间子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加1;或If the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node, and if the current node is an intermediate child node obtained by a tri-tree partition, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is a direct parent node of the current node. Binary tree partition depth plus 1; or 若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过三叉树划分方式获得的非中间子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点 的二叉树划分深度加2。If the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node, and if the current node is a non-intermediate child node obtained by a tri-tree partition method, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is a direct parent node of the current node The binary tree divides the depth plus 2. 如权利要求1至17任一所述的方法,其特征在于,如果所述当前量化组中第一个有残差的CU的QP差分值不等于0,则将所述当前量化组中编码顺序在所述第一个有残差的CU之前的所有CU的亮度QP修改为第一个有残差的CU的亮度QP;The method according to any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein if the QP difference value of the first residual CU in the current quantization group is not equal to 0, the coding order in the current quantization group is Modify the brightness QP of all CUs before the first residual CU to the brightness QP of the first residual CU; 若所述当前CU是所述当前量化组中第一个有残差的CU之前的CU,所述根据所述当前CU的QP差分值获取所述当前CU的重构图像具体为:If the current CU is a CU before the first residual CU in the current quantization group, obtaining the reconstructed image of the current CU according to the QP difference value of the current CU is specifically: 根据所述第一个有残差的CU的亮度QP获取所述当前CU的重构图像。A reconstructed image of the current CU is obtained according to the brightness QP of the first residual CU. 一种视频解码器,其特征在于,包括:A video decoder, comprising: 熵解码单元,用于解析编码树划分信息,获得当前节点;根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;获取所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标中当前编码单元CU的量化参数QP差分值;根据所述当前CU的QP差分值确定所述当前CU的亮度QP;An entropy decoding unit, configured to parse the coding tree partition information to obtain the current node; determine the upper left coordinate of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the current node's division depth N; obtain the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group The quantization parameter QP difference value of the current coding unit CU in angular coordinates; determining the brightness QP of the current CU according to the QP difference value of the current CU; 逆量化单元,用于根据所述当前CU的亮度QP获得所述当前CU的反量化系数;An inverse quantization unit, configured to obtain an inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU according to the brightness QP of the current CU; 逆变换处理单元,用于根据所述当前CU的反量化系数获得所述当前CU的重建残差块;和An inverse transform processing unit, configured to obtain a reconstructed residual block of the current CU according to an inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU; and 重构单元,用于根据所述当前CU的重建残差块获取所述当前CU的重构图像。A reconstruction unit, configured to obtain a reconstructed image of the current CU according to a reconstruction residual block of the current CU. 如权利要求19所述的视频解码器,其特征在于,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;The video decoder according to claim 19, wherein the partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; 所述熵解码单元,具体用于根据所述当前节点的划分深度N确定当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标或根据所述当前节点的多类型划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N大于第一阈值T1或者所述M大于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点的第K层四叉树节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;其中K为N和T1中的较小值;所述第K层四叉树节点为从编码树单元CTU开始经过K次四叉树划分产生的节点中包含当前节点的四叉树节点。The entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to determine the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the division depth N of the current node or determine the coverage of the current quantization group according to the multi-type division depth M of the current node. Coordinates of the upper left corner of the region; if the N is greater than the first threshold T1 or the M is greater than 0, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the region covered by the current quantization group are determined by the K-th level quadtree node of the current node Coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered; where K is the smaller value of N and T1; the K-th level quadtree node is the node generated by the quadtree partition K times from the encoding tree unit CTU, including the current node Quadtree nodes. 如权利要求19所述的视频解码器,其特征在于,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;The video decoder according to claim 19, wherein the partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; 所述熵解码单元,具体用于根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N小于或等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。The entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to determine the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; N is less than or equal to the first threshold T1, and M is 0, and the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node. 如权利要求19所述的视频解码器,其特征在于,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;The video decoder according to claim 19, wherein the partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; 所述熵解码单元,具体用于根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标或者根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N等于 第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;或者如果所述N小于第一阈值T1,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。The entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to determine the upper left corner coordinate of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quadtree partition depth N of the current node or the quadtree partition depth N and The multi-type tree partitioning depth M of the current node determines the upper-left corner coordinates of the area covered by the current quantization group; if the N is equal to the first threshold T1 and the M is 0, the The coordinates of the upper left corner of the region are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the region covered by the current node; or if the N is less than the first threshold T1, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the region covered by the current quantization group are covered by the current node The coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area. 如权利要求19所述的视频解码器,其特征在于,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;The video decoder according to claim 19, wherein the partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; 所述熵解码单元,具体用于根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N等于第一阈值T1,且所述M等于0,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;或者如果所述N小于第一阈值T1,且所述M小于或等于第四阈值T4,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。The entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to determine the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; N is equal to the first threshold T1, and M is 0, and the upper left corner coordinate of the area covered by the current quantization group is the upper left corner coordinate of the area covered by the current node; or if N is smaller than the first The threshold T1, and M is less than or equal to the fourth threshold T4, and the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node. 如权利要求19所述的视频解码器,其特征在于,所述当前节点的划分深度N为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N;;The video decoder according to claim 19, wherein the partition depth N of the current node is a quadtree partition depth N of the current node; 所述熵解码单元,具体用于根据所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度N和所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度M确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;如果所述N小于或等于第一阈值T1,且所述M小于或等于T1-N,所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。The entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to determine the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group according to the quad-tree partition depth N of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth M of the current node; Where N is less than or equal to the first threshold T1, and M is less than or equal to T1-N, the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node. 如权利要求19所述的视频解码器,其特征在于,所述熵解码单元具体用于:The video decoder according to claim 19, wherein the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to: 如果所述当前节点的划分深度N大于第一阈值T1,获取所述当前节点的第(N-T1)层父节点;If the division depth N of the current node is greater than a first threshold T1, obtaining a (N-T1) -layer parent node of the current node; 确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述第(N-T1)层父节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。It is determined that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the (N-T1) -layer parent node. 如权利要求19所述的视频解码器,其特征在于,所述熵解码单元具体用于:The video decoder according to claim 19, wherein the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to: 如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第一阈值T1,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。If the division depth N of the current node is equal to the first threshold T1, it is determined that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node. 如权利要求20至26任一所述的视频解码器,其特征在于,所述第一阈值T1是预先设置的非负整数。The video decoder according to any one of claims 20 to 26, wherein the first threshold T1 is a non-negative integer set in advance. 如权利要求20至27任一所述的视频解码器,其特征在于,所述第一阈值T1为0,1,2,或3。The video decoder according to any one of claims 20 to 27, wherein the first threshold T1 is 0, 1, 2, or 3. 如权利要求25至28任一所述的视频解码器,其特征在于,所述当前节点的划分深度为所述当前节点的四叉树划分深度QT depth。The video decoder according to any one of claims 25 to 28, wherein a partition depth of the current node is a quad-tree partition depth QT depth of the current node. 如权利要求25至28任一所述的视频解码器,其特征在于,所述当前节点的划分深度为所述当前节点的QT depth与所述当前节点的多类型树划分深度MTT depth之和。The video decoder according to any one of claims 25 to 28, wherein the partition depth of the current node is the sum of the QT depth of the current node and the multi-type tree partition depth MTT of the current node. 如权利要求19所述的视频解码器,其特征在于,所述熵解码单元,还用于获取所述当前节点的划分方式;The video decoder according to claim 19, wherein the entropy decoding unit is further configured to obtain a division manner of the current node; 如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第二阈值T2减1,且所述当前节点的划分方式为三叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;或If the division depth N of the current node is equal to the second threshold T2 minus 1, and the division mode of the current node is a tri-tree division manner, it is determined that the upper-left corner coordinate of the area covered by the current quantization group is the current node. The coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area covered; or 如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第二阈值T2,且所述当前节点的划分方式为二叉树划分方式或四叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。If the division depth N of the current node is equal to the second threshold T2, and the division mode of the current node is a binary tree division mode or a quadtree division mode, it is determined that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group The coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node. 如权利要求19所述的视频解码器,其特征在于,所述熵解码单元,还用于获取所述当前节点的划分方式;The video decoder according to claim 19, wherein the entropy decoding unit is further configured to obtain a division manner of the current node; 如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3减1,且所述当前节点的划分方式为三叉树划分方式或四叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标;If the current partition depth N of the current node is equal to the third threshold T3 minus 1, and the current node is divided into a tri-tree or quad-tree, determine the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group. The coordinates are the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current node; 如果所述当前节点的划分深度N等于第三阈值T3,且所述当前节点的划分方式为二叉树划分方式,确定所述当前量化组所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标为所述当前节点所覆盖的区域的左上角坐标。If the division depth N of the current node is equal to a third threshold T3, and the division manner of the current node is a binary tree division manner, it is determined that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the area covered by the current quantization group are covered by the current node. The coordinates of the upper-left corner of the area. 如权利要求31或32所述的视频解码器,其特征在于,所述熵解码单元具体用于:根据所述当前节点的QT depth与所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db确定所述当前节点的划分深度N。The video decoder according to claim 31 or 32, wherein the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to determine the current node's QT depth according to the current node's QT depth and the binary tree partition depth Db of the current node. Divide the depth N. 如权利要求33所述的视频解码器,其特征在于,所述熵解码单元具体用于:The video decoder according to claim 33, wherein the entropy decoding unit is specifically configured to: 采用如下计算式确定所述当前节点的划分深度N:The following calculation formula is used to determine the division depth N of the current node: N=Dq*2+Db;N = Dq * 2 + Db; 所述Dq为所述当前节点的QT depth。The Dq is the QT depth of the current node. 如权利要求33或34所述的视频解码器,其特征在于,若所述当前节点为多类型树MTT划分根节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为0;The video decoder according to claim 33 or 34, wherein if the current node is a multi-type tree MTT partition root node, the binary tree partition depth Db of the current node is 0; 若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过二叉树划分方式获得的子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加1;If the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node, and if the current node is a child node obtained by binary tree partitioning, the binary tree partition depth Db of the current node is the binary tree partition of the immediate parent of the current node Add 1 to the depth 若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过三叉树划分方式获得的中间子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加1;或If the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node, and if the current node is an intermediate child node obtained by a tri-tree partition, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is a direct parent node of the current node. Binary tree partition depth plus 1; or 若所述当前节点为MTT节点且非MTT根节点,如果所述当前节点为通过三叉树划分方式获得的非中间子节点,所述当前节点的二叉树划分深度Db为所述当前节点的直接父节点的二叉树划分深度加2。If the current node is an MTT node and is not a MTT root node, and if the current node is a non-intermediate child node obtained by a tri-tree partition method, the binary tree division depth Db of the current node is a direct parent node of the current node The binary tree divides the depth plus 2. 如权利要求19至35任一所述的视频解码器,其特征在于,所述熵解码单元,还用于如果所述当前量化组中第一个有残差的CU的QP差分值不等于0,则将所述当前量化组中编码顺序在所述第一个有残差的CU之前的所有CU的亮度QP修改为第一个有残差的 CU的亮度QP;The video decoder according to any one of claims 19 to 35, wherein the entropy decoding unit is further configured to: if the QP difference value of the first residual CU in the current quantization group is not equal to 0 , Modify the luminance QP of all CUs in the current quantization group whose coding order is before the first residual CU to the luminance QP of the first residual CU; 若所述当前CU是所述当前量化组中第一个有残差的CU之前的CU,所述逆量化单元具体用于:根据所述第一个有残差的CU的亮度QP获取所述当前CU的反量化系数。If the current CU is a CU before the first residual CU in the current quantization group, the inverse quantization unit is specifically configured to obtain the CU according to the brightness QP of the first residual CU The inverse quantization coefficient of the current CU. 一种视频解码器,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1至18任一所述的方法的执行电路。A video decoder, comprising an execution circuit for performing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 18. 一种视频解码器,其特征在于,包括:A video decoder, comprising: 至少一个处理器;和At least one processor; and 与所述至少一个处理器耦合的非易失性计算机可读存储介质,所述非易失性计算机可读存储介质存储有可被所述至少一个处理器执行的计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被所述至少一个处理器执行时,使得所述视频解码器用于执行如权利要求1至18任一所述的方法。A non-volatile computer-readable storage medium coupled to the at least one processor, the non-volatile computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program executable by the at least one processor, and when the computer program When executed by the at least one processor, the video decoder is caused to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 18. 一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储可被处理器执行的计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被所述至少一个处理器执行时,执行如权利要求1至18任一所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program executable by a processor, and when the computer program is executed by the at least one processor, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 18 is executed.
PCT/CN2019/102944 2018-09-05 2019-08-28 Video decoding method and video decoder Ceased WO2020048361A1 (en)

Priority Applications (13)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020217009873A KR102612489B1 (en) 2018-09-05 2019-08-28 Video decoding methods and video decoders
SG11202102195XA SG11202102195XA (en) 2018-09-05 2019-08-28 Video decoding method and video decoder
EP25180103.1A EP4648423A2 (en) 2018-09-05 2019-08-28 Video decoding method and video decoder
EP19857345.3A EP3840378B1 (en) 2018-09-05 2019-08-28 Video decoding method and video decoder
BR112021004124-9A BR112021004124B1 (en) 2018-09-05 2019-08-28 VIDEO DECODING METHOD, VIDEO DECODER AND COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM
JP2021512509A JP7143512B2 (en) 2018-09-05 2019-08-28 Video decoding method and video decoder
KR1020237042192A KR102848262B1 (en) 2018-09-05 2019-08-28 Video decoding method and video decoder
KR1020257027246A KR20250126153A (en) 2018-09-05 2019-08-28 Video decoding method and video decoder
US17/191,934 US11431997B2 (en) 2018-09-05 2021-03-04 Video decoding method and video decoder
US17/851,378 US12231669B2 (en) 2018-09-05 2022-06-28 Video decoding method and video decoder using quantization groupings
JP2022145261A JP7463460B2 (en) 2018-09-05 2022-09-13 Video decoding method and video decoder
JP2024052260A JP7751014B2 (en) 2018-09-05 2024-03-27 Video decoding method and video decoder
US19/022,980 US20250227275A1 (en) 2018-09-05 2025-01-15 Video decoding method and video decoder

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201811032693 2018-09-05
CN201811032693.7 2018-09-05
CN201811104788.5 2018-09-21
CN201811104788.5A CN110881129B (en) 2018-09-05 2018-09-21 Video decoding method and video decoder

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/191,934 Continuation US11431997B2 (en) 2018-09-05 2021-03-04 Video decoding method and video decoder

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020048361A1 true WO2020048361A1 (en) 2020-03-12

Family

ID=69722143

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/102944 Ceased WO2020048361A1 (en) 2018-09-05 2019-08-28 Video decoding method and video decoder

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2020048361A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2024543436A (en) * 2021-11-11 2024-11-21 杭州海康威視数字技術股▲フン▼有限公司 Decoding method, encoding method and device

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103702131A (en) * 2013-12-25 2014-04-02 清华大学 Pattern-preprocessing-based intraframe coding optimization method and system
US9210442B2 (en) * 2011-01-12 2015-12-08 Google Technology Holdings LLC Efficient transform unit representation
CN106537918A (en) * 2014-08-12 2017-03-22 英特尔公司 System and method of motion estimation for video coding
CN107566848A (en) * 2016-06-30 2018-01-09 华为技术有限公司 The method and device of encoding and decoding
CN107770525A (en) * 2016-08-15 2018-03-06 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and device of Image Coding
CN108353186A (en) * 2015-10-13 2018-07-31 诺基亚技术有限公司 Video coding with helper data for spatial intra prediction

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9210442B2 (en) * 2011-01-12 2015-12-08 Google Technology Holdings LLC Efficient transform unit representation
CN103702131A (en) * 2013-12-25 2014-04-02 清华大学 Pattern-preprocessing-based intraframe coding optimization method and system
CN106537918A (en) * 2014-08-12 2017-03-22 英特尔公司 System and method of motion estimation for video coding
CN108353186A (en) * 2015-10-13 2018-07-31 诺基亚技术有限公司 Video coding with helper data for spatial intra prediction
CN107566848A (en) * 2016-06-30 2018-01-09 华为技术有限公司 The method and device of encoding and decoding
CN107770525A (en) * 2016-08-15 2018-03-06 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and device of Image Coding

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
KIM DONG-HYEOK; KIM YONG-HWAN; PARK WOO-CHOOL: "Selective CU depth range decision algorithm for HEVC Encoder", THE 18TH IEEE INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON CONSUMER ELECTRONICS (ISCE 2014), 25 June 2014 (2014-06-25), pages 1 - 2, XP032630966 *
See also references of EP3840378A4
XU CAIFENG: "An HEVC Fast Coding Unit Division Method", TELECOM PRODUCT WORLD, no. 7, 30 April 2017 (2017-04-30), pages 264 - 265, XP009526688, ISSN: 1006-4222 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2024543436A (en) * 2021-11-11 2024-11-21 杭州海康威視数字技術股▲フン▼有限公司 Decoding method, encoding method and device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7751014B2 (en) Video decoding method and video decoder
CN111107356B (en) Image prediction method and device
WO2020052534A1 (en) Video decoding method, and video decoder
US12219135B2 (en) Picture partitioning method and apparatus
CN110958452B (en) Video decoding method and video decoder
CN110944184B (en) Video decoding method and video decoder
WO2020043136A1 (en) Picture partition method and device
CN112055211B (en) Video encoder and QP setting method
WO2020048361A1 (en) Video decoding method and video decoder
WO2020038357A1 (en) Fusion candidate list construction method, device and encoding/decoding method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19857345

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021512509

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112021004124

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019857345

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20210317

Ref document number: 20217009873

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112021004124

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20210304

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 2019857345

Country of ref document: EP

WWD Wipo information: divisional of initial pct application

Ref document number: 1020257027246

Country of ref document: KR

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020257027246

Country of ref document: KR